UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, DC 20549

 


 

FORM 10-K

 

(Mark One)

x

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the fiscal year ended February 2, 2008

or

 

o

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the transition period from          to

 

Commission file number 001-09338

 


 

MICHAELS STORES, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware

 

75-1943604

(State or other jurisdiction of

 

(I.R.S. employer

incorporation or organization)

 

identification number)

 

8000 Bent Branch Drive

Irving, Texas 75063

P.O. Box 619566

DFW, Texas 75261-9566

(Address of principal executive offices, including zip code)

 

(972) 409-1300

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

 

SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OF THE ACT:

None

 

SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(g) OF THE ACT:

None

 

Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes  o      No  x

 

Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act.  Yes  o      No  x

 

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes  x      No  o

 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  x

 

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company’ in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer  o

 

Accelerated filer o

Non-accelerated filer  x

 

Smaller reporting company o

(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

 

 

 

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).  Yes  o      No  x

 

The aggregate market value of the registrant’s voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the registrant is zero.  The registrant is a privately held corporation.

 

As of March 31, 2008, 118,554,402 shares of the Registrant’s Common Stock were outstanding.

 


 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

None.

 

 



 

PART I

 

ITEM 1.  Business.

 

The following discussion, as well as other portions of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, contains forward-looking statements that reflect our plans, estimates, and beliefs. Any statements contained herein (including, but not limited to, statements to the effect that Michaels or its management “anticipates,” “plans,” “estimates,” “expects,” “believes,” and other similar expressions) that are not statements of historical fact should be considered forward-looking statements. Our actual results could materially differ from those discussed in these forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, those discussed below and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and particularly in “Item 1A. Risk Factors” and “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

Unless otherwise noted, all amounts contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are as of February 2, 2008. Unless otherwise noted, all references to the number of shares of Common Stock and earnings per share amounts in this Annual Report on Form 10-K have been adjusted to retroactively reflect the two-for-one Common Stock split and the 2.9333-for-one Common Stock split effected in the form of stock dividends to stockholders of record as of the close of business on September 27, 2004 and January 26, 2007, respectively.

 

General

 

With approximately $3.9 billion in sales in fiscal 2007, Michaels Stores, Inc., together with its subsidiaries, is the largest arts and crafts specialty retailer in North America providing materials, ideas, and education for creative activities. Michaels Stores, Inc. was incorporated in Delaware in 1983, and as of March 31, 2008, we operate 975 Michaels retail stores in 49 states, as well as in Canada, averaging 18,400 square feet of selling space per store. Our stores offer arts and crafts supplies and products for the crafter and do-it-yourself home decorator. We also operate 164 Aaron Brothers stores as of March 31, 2008, in 11 states, averaging 5,500 square feet of selling space per store, offering photo frames, a full line of ready-made frames, custom framing services, and a wide selection of art supplies. Unless the context otherwise indicates, references in this Annual Report on Form 10-K to “we,” “our,” “us,” the “Company” and “Michaels” means Michaels Stores, Inc., together with its subsidiaries.

 

Our mission is to help our customers express themselves creatively. Through our broad product assortments, sales associates, educational in-store events, and project sheets and displays, we offer a shopping experience that encourages creativity. We also offer classes and demonstrations that teach basic and advanced skills and provide a hands-on experience in a community environment.

 

We will make available our Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports, filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, free of charge through our Internet website at www.michaels.com under the heading “Corporate Information” as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”).

 

Industry Overview

 

We are the largest specialty retailer in North America providing materials, project ideas, and education for creative activities in home accents, art, and craft projects. We believe we are well positioned to benefit from favorable demographics, particularly a more affluent baby boomer population, and an increasing focus on home-based, family activities. According to a consumer participation survey from December 2007, our typical customer is:

 

·             Female—90% are women and 63% are married.

 

·             Young—71% of crafters are under 55, with 46% of them between the ages of 35 and 54.

 

·             Middle class—64% of our crafters have household incomes greater than $50,000, with a median income of about $65,000.

 

·             Loyal—Most crafters shop for craft supplies at least twice a month, with approximately half of their visits to Michaels.

 

2



 

We compete across many segments of the industry, including floral, fine art, adult and kids crafts, scrapbooking and paper crafting, home accents, gift wrapping supplies, candles, photo frames, and custom framing. Industry association and analyst research reports estimate that our total addressable market size is about $39 billion annually, of which $31 billion is associated with the core arts and crafts market and $8 billion is associated with the framing market.

 

The market in which we compete is highly fragmented, containing stores across the nation operated primarily by small, independent retailers along with a few regional chains. We believe customers tend to choose where to shop based upon store location, breadth of selection, price, quality of merchandise, availability of product, and customer service. We compete with many different types of retailers and classify our competition within the following categories:

 

·             Mass merchandisers. This category includes companies such as Wal-Mart Stores, Inc., Target Corporation, and other mass merchandisers. These retailers typically dedicate only a small portion of their selling space to a limited selection of home accents, arts and crafts supplies, and seasonal merchandise, but they do seek to capitalize on the latest trends by stocking products that are complimentary to those trends and their current merchandise offerings. These mass merchandisers generally have limited customer service staffs with varying amounts of experience in crafting projects.

 

·             Multi-store chains. This category includes several multi-store chains, each operating more than 30 stores, and comprises: Hobby Lobby, which operates approximately 389 stores in 32 states, primarily in the Midwestern and Southern United States; A.C. Moore Arts & Crafts, Inc., which operates approximately 133 stores in the mid-Atlantic and Northeast regions; Jo-Ann Stores, Inc., which operates approximately 179 large-format stores across the country; and Garden Ridge Corporation, which operates approximately 39 stores in 14 states, primarily in the Midwestern and Southern United States. We believe all of these chains are significantly smaller than Michaels with respect to number of stores and total net sales.

 

·             Small, local specialty retailers. This category includes local “Mom & Pop” arts and crafts retailers. Typically, these are single store operations managed by the owner. These stores generally have limited resources for advertising, purchasing, and distribution. Many of these stores have established a loyal customer base within a given community and compete with us based on relationships and customer service.

 

Business Strategy

 

Michaels stores that have been open longer than 36 months currently average approximately $217 in net sales per selling square foot. We continue to strive toward increasing sales and productivity by strengthening our position as the largest retailer in North America within general and children’s crafts, home décor and seasonal, framing, and scrapbooking departments through the following strategies:

 

·              Forming stronger relationships with our customers. We actively solicit our customers’ feedback regarding their decision to specifically shop at Michaels and perceptions of our store environment, product selection, and pricing. This allows us to analyze our customers’ purchasing habits and shopping carts.  We use this information to respond to our customers’ preferences for an enhanced in-store experience by providing the customer with creative ideas, inspiration, and continuous improvement in merchandise assortments.

 

·                  Improving our merchandise assortment. We attempt to provide merchandise assortments that inspire creativity and fun within the categories we carry. We will continue to refine our merchandise assortment and introduce new products based on results from consumer insight and through detailed SKU analysis from our perpetual inventory system. Our perpetual inventory capabilities allow us to track SKU demand across different stores and geographies.  We can test new merchandising assortments in selected markets before implementing regional or national rollouts. Our assortments include highly differentiated and exclusive product lines, which we believe help us further maximize our opportunities within arts and crafts trends.

 

·                  Ideas and inspiration. We believe that our customer experience can be a key advantage that differentiates us from our competitors and is a critical component of our merchandising strategy. Many of the craft supplies sold in our Michaels stores can be assembled into unique end products with an appropriate amount of guidance and direction. Accordingly, we have displays in every store to stimulate new project ideas and we supply free project sheets with detailed instructions on how to assemble the finished product. We also offer project sheets on our Internet site, www.michaels.com. In addition, we offer a variety of classes and demonstrations to inspire our customers with product ideas and information. We believe this strategy enhances incremental sales and frequency of customer visits.

 

3



 

·              Improving marketing effectiveness.

 

·                  Improving marketing execution. We are focused on marketing strategies and vehicles that will drive customer traffic and demand for our products. In order to successfully retain existing customers and attract high value new customers, we utilize a diversified marketing mix including print, direct mail, various in-store promotional activities, radio, and the Internet. We believe that our circular advertising, primarily distributed through Sunday newspapers, is our most productive and cost efficient form of advertising. The circulars advertise numerous products in order to emphasize the wide selection of products available at Michaels stores. We believe that our ability to distribute circulars throughout the year in each of our markets provides us with an advantage over our smaller competitors and it reinforces and strengthens our brand name. We will continue to focus on optimizing circular advertising by reviewing the frequency and breadth of our print circular program while still utilizing targeted, direct mailing campaigns.  We will continue to evaluate alternative forms of advertising and marketing vehicles including loyalty programs and direct marketing campaigns.

 

·                  Pricing and promotional strategy. We are working to develop an integrated pricing and promotion strategy based on customer behavior, while improving our long-term organizational capabilities, processes, and tools. Our promotion activity is item-price based, with promotions spanning across categories and with limited regional differentiation. We believe we can improve margins by applying more sophisticated pricing models and regional promotion programs, with a focus on the optimization of item-specific promotional prices and improvements in clearance pricing through enhanced merchandise planning and merchandising systems upgrades.  We further believe the identification of promotional items that drive customer traffic will add consumers to the base market as we seek to feature those promotional items more often.  We are currently developing and implementing a promotion optimization system with an external vendor. We are also evaluating software products that would enable us to improve our regular pricing and clearance pricing decisions.

 

·     Enhancing the store environment.

 

·                  Visual merchandising. We promote an environment whereby our customers rely on us for ideas, inspiration, and information. We expect to make it easier and more exciting to shop our stores with improved store designs that include an emphasis on inspirational activities and ideas in our feature space, less clutter in the drive aisles, and more visually appealing layouts. In fiscal 2005, we initiated our store standardization/remodel program by standardizing layouts, fixtures, merchandise adjacencies, and new signage across our stores. Based on consumer responses, we are further refining our standardization/remodel program to continue enhancement of the in-store experience, which we refer to as the Next Generation Store.  Our number of store remodels in fiscal 2008 will be lower than fiscal 2007 so that we may incorporate our customers’ feedback into the Next Generation Store.

 

·                  Improving customer service. We plan to improve customer service through certain initiatives that includes the implementation of a store labor management system.  The labor management system will allow us to, among other things, reallocate store labor from non value-added activities to customer-oriented services. We also plan to revise certain store processes that allow store managers to optimize labor hours. We believe this will increase overall customer satisfaction and provide tangible benefits in the form of a more visible presence by our associates and faster checkout times.

 

·            Pursuing Global Sourcing.

 

·                  Proprietary Brand Development. To maximize the benefits of global sourcing, this strategic initiative is supported by proprietary brand development. Currently, we sell numerous products under hundreds of collection, brand and sub-brand names. Strong, mission-specific proprietary brands will help drive differentiation, improve our image assortment, and provide the framework for Michaels to market our globally sourced products. We are in the process of developing a consumer-insight driven global brand architecture. We believe this will strengthen our value proposition in the marketplace, differentiate Michaels from its competitors, enhance consumer loyalty, and increase market share.

 

·                  Product sourcing. A significant portion of our products are manufactured outside the United States but we source less than 10% of our products directly from international manufacturers. We expect to further expand our globally sourced products as we believe this presents a significant long-term opportunity to enhance our margins, improve our product quality, and mitigate external cost pressures and our supply chain risks as we work directly with foreign

 

4



 

                        manufacturers. The fulfillment of this objective is dependent upon several factors, including our product development requirements, establishment of key processes, implementation of new technology or upgrade of existing technology, distribution center capacity, a strong vendor base, and proprietary brand development.

 

·            Growth opportunities.

 

·                  Organic growth through new Michaels store openings. We believe the combined United States and Canadian markets can support a total of 1,200 – 1,400 Michaels stores. We plan to open approximately 30-50 new Michaels stores per year for the foreseeable future, funded primarily through cash provided by operating activities and additional borrowings under our revolving credit facility.

 

·                  Evaluate other growth opportunities. We also own and operate Aaron Brothers, which specializes in framing and art supplies and operates in 11 states primarily on the West Coast.  In October 2007, we announced the decision to discontinue our concept businesses, Recollections and Star Decorators Wholesale. This decision will allow us to align our resources around our core retail chains, Michaels and Aaron Brothers. We continue to refine the Aaron Brothers concept using our existing stores as we work to expand our customer base and leverage our experience and vendor base.

 

Merchandising

 

Our Michaels store merchandising strategy is to provide a broad selection of products in a convenient location with an appealing store environment. Each Michaels store offers approximately 41,000 basic SKUs in a number of product categories. The following table shows a breakdown of sales for Michaels stores by department as a percentage of total sales:

 

 

 

 

Fiscal Year

 

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

General and children’s crafts

 

41

%

41

%

41

%

Home décor and seasonal

 

25

 

26

 

26

 

Framing

 

18

 

17

 

17

 

Scrapbooking

 

16

 

16

 

16

 

 

 

100

%

100

%

100

%

 

During the Christmas selling season, a significant portion of floor and shelf space in a typical Michaels store is devoted to Christmas crafts, Christmas decorations, gift making, and gift giving merchandise. Because of the project-oriented nature of many of these products, the Christmas selling season begins in August and extends through December. Accordingly, a fully developed seasonal merchandising program, including inventory, merchandise layout, and instructional ideas, is implemented during the third quarter of each fiscal year in each Michaels store. This program requires additional inventory accumulation so that each store is fully stocked during the peak selling season to meet higher demand from increased customer traffic.

 

We routinely identify merchandise that requires some price reduction to accelerate sales of the product. The need for this reduction is generally attributable to either seasonal product remaining at the end of the season or product that is being displaced from its assigned location in the store to make room for new merchandise. Additional product candidates for repricing are identified using our point of sale (“POS”) and perpetual inventory data. In each case, the appropriate repricing is determined at our corporate office and sent to the stores with instructions on how to accelerate sales of the repriced product.

 

Our Aaron Brothers stores offer on average approximately 5,100 SKUs, including photo frames, a full line of ready-made frames, art prints, framed art, and a wide selection of art supplies and custom framing services. The merchandising strategy for our Aaron Brothers stores is to provide a unique, upscale framing assortment and shopping experience. In addition, we strive to provide a fashion forward framing merchandise selection in an appealing environment with attentive customer service.

 

5



 

Purchasing and Inventory Management

 

We purchase merchandise from approximately 1,000 vendors. We believe that our buying power and ability to make centralized purchases enable us to acquire products on favorable terms. Central merchandising management teams negotiate with vendors in an attempt to obtain the lowest net merchandise costs and improve control over product mix and inventory levels. In fiscal 2007, our top 10 vendors accounted for approximately 31% of total purchases with no single vendor accounting for more than 10% of total purchases.

 

In addition to purchasing from outside vendors, our Michaels and Aaron Brothers stores purchase custom frames, framing supplies, mats, framed art, and art prints from our manufacturing operation, Artistree, which consists of a manufacturing facility and three regional processing centers to support our retail stores.

 

Substantially all of the products sold in Michaels stores are manufactured in Asia, Canada, Mexico, and the United States. Goods manufactured in Asia generally require long lead times and are ordered four to six months in advance of delivery. Those products are either imported directly by us or acquired from distributors based in the United States and their purchase prices are denominated in United States dollars.

 

Our primary objectives for inventory management are (1) maximizing the efficiency of the flow of product to the stores, (2) maintaining high store in-stock levels, (3) enhancing store labor efficiency, (4) reducing clearance inventory levels, and (5) optimizing our overall investment in inventory. We manage our inventory in several ways, including: in-store management using a handheld radio frequency device (RF gun); daily tracking of inventory positions utilizing our perpetual inventory and automated replenishment systems; the use of merchandise planograms to control the merchandise assortment and presentation; and the review of item-level sales information in order to track the performance and sell-through of seasonal and promotional items. The data that we obtain from our POS system is an integral component in the inventory management process. In addition, inventories are verified through periodic physical and cycle counts conducted throughout the year on a rotating systematic schedule.

 

Our perpetual inventory and automated merchandise replenishment systems provide the capability to achieve our inventory management objectives. Our automated replenishment system uses perpetual inventory records to analyze individual store/SKU on-hand quantities, as well as other pertinent information such as sales forecast, seasonal selling patterns, promotional events, and vendor lead times, to generate recommended merchandise reorder information. These recommended orders are reviewed daily and purchase orders are delivered electronically to our vendors and/or our distribution centers. In addition to improving our store in-stock position, these systems enable us to better forecast merchandise ordering quantities for our vendors and give us the ability to identify, order, and replenish the stores’ merchandise using less store associate labor. These systems also allow us to react more quickly to selling trends and allow our store associates to devote more time to customer service, thereby improving inventory productivity and sales opportunities.

 

We manage the distribution of seasonal merchandise to our stores by allocating seasonal merchandise based on prior year sales and current store sales trends. For a discussion of the seasonal nature of our business, see “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Seasonality.”

 

Artistree

 

We currently operate a vertically integrated manufacturing operation named Artistree that supplies our Michaels and Aaron Brothers stores with quality custom and specialty framing merchandise, including art prints, framed art and precut mats. Our regional processing centers are located in City of Industry, California; Coppell, Texas; and Kernersville, North Carolina. Kernersville is also the home of our moulding manufacturing plant. Our art prints and pre-cut mats, along with our custom frame supplies, are packaged and distributed out of our Coppell regional processing center. Combined, these facilities occupy approximately 476,000 square feet and, in fiscal 2007, processed over 25 million linear feet of frame moulding and 5 million individually custom cut mats for our Michaels and Aaron Brothers stores.

 

Our moulding manufacturing plant converts raw lumber into finished frame moulding that is supplied to our regional processing centers for custom framing orders for our stores. We manufacture approximately 19% of the moulding we process, import another 38% from quality manufacturers in Indonesia, Malaysia, China, and Italy, and purchase the balance from distributors. During fiscal 2005, we began to directly source metal moulding for processing in our regional centers, whereas in prior years we completely outsourced the production and processing of metal frames. The custom framing orders are processed (frames cut and joined, along with cutting mats and foamboard backing) and shipped to our stores where the custom frame order is completed for customer pick-up.

 

6



 

We believe Artistree provides a competitive advantage to our Michaels and Aaron Brothers stores. Based on the benefits we have received from this vertically integrated solution, we continue to evaluate additional future vertical integration opportunities leveraging its strong framing operations.

 

Distribution

 

We currently operate a distribution network for supplying our stores with merchandise. Approximately 80% to 85% of Michaels stores’ merchandise, consisting of both seasonal and basic SKUs, is shipped through the distribution network with the remainder shipped directly from vendors.  Approximately 62% of Aaron Brothers stores’ merchandise, consisting of both seasonal and basic SKUs, is shipped through the distribution network with the remainder shipped directly from vendors.   Our seven distribution centers are located in California, Florida, Illinois, Pennsylvania, Texas, and Washington.  Since fiscal 2002, we have increased the capacity of our distribution centers by approximately 86% to a total of 4.6 million square feet through the opening of three new distribution centers, expansion of one and closure of one. In addition, we currently utilize three facilities and one third-party warehouse to store and supply our seasonal merchandise in preparation for the holiday season.

 

In fiscal 2005, we implemented a number of enhancements to our distribution network. We refer to the improved network as our Hybrid distribution network, through which we expect to ultimately replenish approximately 80% to 90% of our basic SKUs. We currently have approximately 67% of our basic SKUs replenished through the Michaels distribution network, with the remainder shipped directly from vendors. We have converted approximately 85% of direct vendors at the end of fiscal 2007 and expect to complete the transition to Hybrid distribution in fiscal 2008.  Under our hybrid-distribution method, all distribution centers will stock our fast-selling SKUs with slower-selling SKUs stocked in the distribution center closest to the vendor. This method will reduce costs associated with drop-shipping products directly to store locations. This reduction in direct deliveries from vendors to our stores has resulted in the following benefits to our supply chain:

 

·             Product cost reductions shared with our vendors;

 

·              Reduced transportation costs, partially offset by additional handling costs;

 

·             More efficient store labor involved in merchandise receipt processing; and

 

·             Improved service levels to our stores.

 

Michaels stores generally receive deliveries from the distribution centers weekly through an internal transportation distribution network using a dedicated fleet of trucks and contract carriers. Aaron Brothers stores receive merchandise on a weekly or biweekly basis from a dedicated 174,000 square foot distribution center located in the Los Angeles, California area.

 

In fiscal 2004, we completed the implementation of a transportation management system to manage our transportation processes between our vendors, distribution centers, and stores. This system has allowed us to increase the visibility of merchandise shipments within our supply chain and improve our overall transportation efficiency.

 

7



 

Store Expansion and Relocation

 

The following table shows our store growth for the last five years:

 

 

Fiscal Year (1)

 

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

Michaels stores:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retail stores open at beginning of year

 

921

 

886

 

845

 

805

 

755

 

Retail stores opened during the year

 

45

 

43

 

46

 

45

 

55

 

Retail stores opened (relocations) during the year

 

11

 

7

 

18

 

30

 

16

 

Retail stores closed during the year

 

(3

)

(8

)

(5

)

(5

)

(5

)

Retail stores closed (relocations) during the year

 

(11

)

(7

)

(18

)

(30

)

(16

)

Retail stores open at end of year

 

963

 

921

 

886

 

845

 

805

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Aaron Brothers stores:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retail stores open at beginning of year

 

166

 

166

 

164

 

158

 

148

 

Retail stores opened during the year

 

2

 

1

 

2

 

7

 

10

 

Retail stores opened (relocations) during the year

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

Retail stores closed during the year

 

(2

)

(1

)

 

(1

)

 

Retail stores closed (relocations) during the year

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

Retail stores open at end of year

 

166

 

166

 

166

 

164

 

158

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total store count at end of year

 

1,129

 

1,087

 

1,052

 

1,009

 

963

 


(1) The Star Decorators Wholesale Los Angeles store is retroactively presented as a Michaels store.

 

We plan to open approximately 30-50 Michaels stores per year for the foreseeable future. The anticipated opening of Michaels stores and the rate at which stores are opened will depend upon a number of factors, including the success of existing stores, the availability and the cost of capital for expansion, the availability of suitable store sites, and the ability to hire and train qualified managers.

 

We have developed a standardized store opening procedure that allows for the efficient opening of new stores and their integration into our information and distribution systems. We develop the floor plan and merchandise layout and organize the advertising and promotions in connection with the opening of each new store. In addition, we maintain qualified store opening teams to provide new store personnel with in-store training.

 

Costs for opening stores at particular locations depend upon the type of building, the general cost levels in the area, store size, operating format, and the time of the year the store is opened. In fiscal 2007, the average net cost of opening a new Michaels store included approximately $0.7 million of leasehold improvements, furniture, fixtures and equipment, and pre-opening costs, and an estimated initial inventory investment, net of accounts payable, of approximately $0.5 million.

 

In addition to new store openings, we continue to pursue a store relocation program to improve the quality and performance of our existing store base as well as perform remodels of existing stores. In fiscal 2007, we relocated 11 Michaels stores and remodeled 40 Michaels stores. We plan to relocate approximately 10 to 12 Michaels stores and remodel approximately 10 Michaels stores during fiscal 2008.

 

During fiscal 2008, we plan to close up to five Michaels stores and two Aaron Brothers stores.

 

8


 


 

Investment in Information Technology

 

We are committed to using information technology to increase operating efficiencies, improve merchandise selection and flow, and improve our ability to satisfy the needs of our customers. Between fiscal 1998 and fiscal 2004, we invested heavily in POS, perpetual inventory, automated replenishment, distribution, and seasonal allocation systems. These systems have significantly improved our ability to properly forecast, manage, and analyze our inventory levels, margins, and merchandise ordering quantities and have created efficiencies within our stores, distribution centers, and corporate office. We are seeing the benefits of these systems now with the potential for improvements in the future as we further refine the usage and integration among our systems.

 

We began to significantly upgrade our current merchandising systems in fiscal 2007. We have completed the upgrade and expansion of our space management system which gives us better analytical capabilities in determining the placement of products in our stores. In the first quarter of fiscal 2007, we implemented a merchandise financial planning system to better support our inventory management efforts. We have begun the upgrade of our core merchandising system, which we anticipate will be completed in the summer of 2008. With this upgrade, we will be implementing a new price management system as well as a new purchase order system. We are also implementing a more sophisticated tool to support the management and optimization of our promotional activities.

 

In fiscal 2006, we began the rollout of a labor management system, with time and attendance functionality being implemented in all Michaels stores.  In fiscal 2007, we began a store rollout of a labor forecasting and scheduling system, with implementation for the entire chain expected to be completed in fiscal 2008.  Together, we expect these systems to provide us with detailed information to better manage our labor force and serve our customers, with improvements in labor efficiency and utilization over the next several years.

 

We also implemented a new data warehouse system in fiscal 2006.  This system is the central source for certain business reporting processes and is designed to be highly scalable in order to support future growth and information needs. In fiscal 2007, we expanded our data warehouse by adding transaction level sales data from our POS system, which further improves our ability to analyze and make decisions about our marketing initiatives.

 

Other initiatives planned for fiscal 2008 include improvements to our Michaels POS system to add support for enhanced pricing functionality, new Internet microsites to expand Michaels.com in support of new direct marketing programs, and an upgraded POS system for Aaron Brothers stores.

 

Security and Payment Card Industry (“PCI”) compliance is also critical to our success. In October 2007, we were certified as being PCI compliant, which allows us to comply with certain policies of our credit card vendors.

 

Foreign Sales

 

All of our current international business is in Canada and accounted for approximately 8% of total sales in fiscal 2007, 7% of total sales in fiscal 2006, and 6% of total sales in fiscal 2005. During the last three years, 7% or less of our assets have been located outside of the United States.

 

Service Marks

 

The names “Aaron Brothers,” “Aaron Brothers Art & Framing,” “Artistree,” “Artistree Art Frame & Design,” “Michaels,” “Michaels.com,” “Michaels The Arts and Crafts Store,” “Recollections,” “Star Decorators Wholesale,” “Star Decorators Wholesale Warehouse,” “Vendor Connect,” and the Michaels logo are each federally registered service marks.

 

Employees

 

As of March 31, 2008, we employed approximately 42,000 associates, approximately 28,400 of whom were employed on a part-time basis. The number of part-time associates substantially increases during the Christmas selling season. Of our full-time associates, approximately 3,100 are engaged in various executive, operating, training, distribution, and administrative functions in our corporate and division offices and distribution centers, and the remainder are engaged in store operations. None of our associates are members of labor unions in association with their Michaels employment.

 

9



 

ITEM 1A.  Risk Factors.

 

Our financial performance is subject to various risks and uncertainties. The risks described below are those which we believe are the material risks we face. Any of the risk factors described below could significantly and adversely affect our business, prospects, financial condition, and results of operations.

 

We Face Risks Related to Our Substantial Indebtedness

 

Our substantial leverage could aversely affect our ability to raise additional capital to fund our operations, limit our ability to react to changes in the economy or our industry, expose us to interest rate risk to the extent of our variable rate debt and prevent us from meeting our obligations under our notes and credit facilities. Our high degree of leverage could have important consequences to us, including:

 

·             making it more difficult for us to make payments on our debt;

 

·             increasing our vulnerability to general economic and industry conditions;

 

·             requiring a substantial portion of cash flow from operations to be dedicated to the payment of principal and interest on our debt, thereby reducing our ability to use our cash flow to fund our operations, capital expenditures, and future business opportunities;

 

·             exposing us to the risk of increased interest rates as certain of our borrowings under our senior secured credit facilities are at variable rates;

 

·             restricting us from making strategic acquisitions or causing us to make non-strategic divestitures;

 

·             limiting our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures, product development, debt service requirements, acquisitions, and general corporate or other purposes; and

 

·             limiting our ability to adjust to changing market conditions and placing us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors who are less highly leveraged.

 

We and our subsidiaries may be able to incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future, subject to the restrictions contained in our senior secured credit facilities and the indentures governing our notes. In addition, our senior secured credit facilities and indentures governing our notes do not restrict our owners from creating new holding companies that may be able to incur indebtedness without regard to the restrictions set forth in our credit facilities and indentures. If new indebtedness is added to our current debt levels, the related risks that we now face could intensify.

 

Our Debt Agreements Contain Restrictions That Limit Our Flexibility in Operating Our Business

 

Our senior secured credit facilities and the indentures governing our notes contain various covenants that limit our ability to engage in specified types of transactions. These covenants limit our and our restricted subsidiaries’ ability to, among other things:

 

·             incur additional debt;

 

·             pay dividends or distributions on our capital stock or repurchase our capital stock;

 

·             issue stock of subsidiaries;

 

·             make certain investments;

 

·             create liens on our assets to secure debt;

 

·             enter into transactions with affiliates;

 

·             merge or consolidate with another company; and

 

·             sell or otherwise transfer assets.

 

10



 

In addition, under our senior secured credit facilities, we are required to satisfy certain financial condition tests, and upon the occurrence of certain events, maintain specified financial ratios. Our ability to meet those tests can be affected by events beyond our control, and we cannot assure that we will meet them. A breach of any of these covenants could result in a default under our senior secured credit facilities. Upon the occurrence of an event of default under our senior secured credit facilities, the lenders could elect to declare all amounts outstanding under our senior secured credit facilities to be immediately due and payable and terminate all commitments to extend further credit. If we were unable to repay those amounts, the lenders under our senior secured credit facilities could proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure that indebtedness. We have pledged a significant portion of our assets as collateral under our senior secured credit facilities. If the lenders under our senior secured credit facilities accelerate the repayment of borrowings, we cannot assure that we will have sufficient assets to repay our senior secured credit facilities, as well as our unsecured indebtedness, including the notes.

 

Our senior secured asset-based revolving credit facility permits us to borrow up to $1.0 billion; however, our ability to borrow thereunder is limited by a borrowing base, which at any time will equal the sum of 90% of eligible credit card receivables and debit card receivables plus between 85% and 90% of the appraised net orderly liquidation value of eligible inventory and of eligible letters of credit plus a percentage of eligible in-transit inventory to be agreed upon, less certain reserves, and the sum of an additional 10% appraised net orderly liquidation value of eligible inventory and of eligible letters of credit plus an additional 5% of eligible credit card receivables and debit card receivables under a “last out” tranche. In addition, our ability to borrow under this facility is limited by a minimum liquidity condition, providing that, if excess availability is less than $75.0 million at any time, we are not permitted to borrow any additional amounts under the senior secured asset-based revolving credit facility unless our pro forma Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (as defined in the credit agreement for our senior secured asset-based revolving credit facility) is at least 1.1 to 1.0. Moreover, our senior secured asset-based revolving credit facility provides discretion to the agent bank acting on behalf of the lenders to impose additional availability reserves, which could materially impair the amount of borrowings that would otherwise be available to us. There can be no assurance that the agent bank will not impose such reserves or, were it to do so, that the resulting impact of this action would not materially and adversely impair our liquidity.

 

Our Growth Depends on Our Ability to Open New Stores

 

One of our key business strategies is to expand our base of retail stores. If we are unable to continue this strategy, our ability to increase our sales, profitability, and cash flow could be impaired. To the extent that we are unable to open new stores as we anticipate, our sales growth would come only from increases in comparable store sales. Growth in profitability in that case would depend significantly on our ability to reduce our costs as a percentage of our sales. We may be unable to continue our store growth strategy if we cannot identify suitable sites for additional stores, negotiate acceptable leases, access sufficient capital to support store growth, or hire and train a sufficient number of qualified associates.

 

Our Success Will Depend on How Well We Manage Our Business

 

Even if we are able to substantially continue our strategy of expanding our store base, or additionally, to expand our business through acquisitions or vertical integration opportunities, we may experience problems, which may prevent any significant increase in profitability or negatively impact our cash flow. For example:

 

·             the costs of opening and operating new stores may offset the increased sales generated by the additional stores;

 

·             the closure of unsuccessful stores may result in the retention of liability for expensive leases;

 

·             a significant portion of our management’s time and energy may be consumed with issues unrelated to advancing our core business strategy, which could possibly result in a deterioration of our operating results;

 

·             our expansion may outpace our planned technological advances and current systems with the possible consequences of breakdowns in our supply chain management and reduced effectiveness of our operational systems and controls;

 

·             we may be unable to hire, train, and retain qualified employees, including management and senior executives;

 

·             failure to maintain stable relations with our labor force could possibly result in a deterioration of our operating results;

 

11



 

·             our suppliers may be unable to meet the increased demand of additional stores in a timely manner; and

 

·             we may be unable to expand our existing distribution centers or use third-party distribution centers on a cost-effective basis to provide merchandise for sale by our new stores.

 

We May Fail to Optimize or Adequately Maintain Our Perpetual Inventory and Automated Replenishment Systems

 

We have completed the rollout of our perpetual inventory, automated replenishment, and weighted average cost stock ledger systems, which we believe are necessary to properly forecast, manage, and analyze our inventory levels, margins, and merchandise ordering quantities. We may fail to properly optimize the effectiveness of these systems, or to adequately support and maintain the systems, which could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and operating results.

 

Improvements to Our Supply Chain May Not Be Fully Successful

 

An important part of our efforts to achieve efficiencies, cost reductions, and sales and cash flow growth is the identification and implementation of improvements to our supply chain, including merchandise ordering, transportation, and receipt processing. During fiscal 2008, we will continue to implement a number of enhancements to our distribution systems with select suppliers, enabling us to evaluate our ability to distribute additional SKUs through our distribution centers. Significant changes to our supply chain could have a material adverse impact on our operating results.

 

Changes in Customer Demands Could Materially Adversely Affect Our Sales, Operating Results, and Cash Flow

 

Our success depends on our ability to anticipate and respond in a timely manner to changing customer demands and preferences for products and supplies used in creative activities. If we misjudge the market, we may significantly overstock unpopular products and be forced to take significant inventory markdowns, which would have a negative impact on our operating results and cash flow. Also, shortages of key items could have a material adverse impact on our operating results. In addition, adverse weather conditions, unfavorable economic trends, and consumer confidence volatility could have a material adverse impact on our sales and operating results.

 

Unexpected or Unfavorable Consumer Responses to Our Promotional or Merchandising Programs Could Materially Adversely Affect Our Sales, Operating Results, and Cash Flow

 

Brand recognition, quality, and price have a significant influence on consumers’ choices among competing products and brands. Advertising, promotion, merchandising, and the pace and timing of new product introductions also have a significant impact on consumers’ buying decisions. If we misjudge consumer responses to our existing or future promotional activities, this could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and operating results.

 

We believe changes in our merchandise offering help drive sales at our stores. We could be materially adversely affected by poor operational execution of changes to our merchandise offering or by unexpected consumer responses to changes in our merchandise offering.

 

Changes in Newspaper Subscription Rates May Result in Reduced Exposure to Our Circular Advertisements

 

The majority of our promotional activities utilize circular advertisements in local newspapers. A continued decline in consumer subscriptions of these newspapers could reduce the frequency in which consumers receive our circular advertisements, thereby negatively affecting sales, operating results, and cash flow.

 

Changes in Consumer Confidence Could Result in a Reduction in Consumer Spending on Items Perceived to be Discretionary

 

Our stores offer arts and crafts supplies and products for the crafter and do-it-yourself home decorator, which some customers, may perceive as discretionary. Pressure on discretionary income brought on by changing economic conditions, including housing market declines and rising energy prices, may cause consumers to reduce the amount they spend on discretionary items.

 

12



 

Failure to Adequately Maintain the Security of Our Electronic and Other Confidential Information Could Materially Adversely Affect Our Financial Condition and Operating Results

 

We have become increasingly centralized and dependent upon automated information technology processes. In addition, a portion of our business operations is conducted over the Internet, increasing the risk of viruses that could cause system failures and disruptions of operations. Any failure to maintain the security of our customers’ confidential information, or data belonging to ourselves or our suppliers, could put us at a competitive disadvantage, result in deterioration in our customers’ confidence in us, subject us to potential litigation and liability, and fines and penalties, resulting in a possible material adverse impact on our financial condition and operating results.  Even though we are PCI compliant, we may not be able to maintain such compliance, and even with continued compliance, unauthorized access of our electronic and other confidential information may occur.

 

Our Suppliers May Fail Us

 

Many of our suppliers are small firms that produce a limited number of items. Given their limited resources, these firms are susceptible to cash flow issues, production difficulties, quality control issues, and problems in delivering agreed-upon quantities on schedule. We cannot assure you that we would be able, if necessary, to return products to these suppliers and obtain refunds of our purchase price or obtain reimbursement or indemnification from them if their products prove defective. In addition, these suppliers may be unable to withstand a downturn in economic conditions. Significant failures on the part of our key suppliers could have a material adverse effect on our operating results.

 

In addition, many of these suppliers require extensive advance notice of our requirements in order to supply products in the quantities we desire. This long lead time requires us to place orders far in advance of the time when certain products will be offered for sale, exposing us to risk of shifts in demand.

 

Our Reliance on Foreign Suppliers Increases Our Risk of Obtaining Adequate, Timely, and Cost-Effective Product Supplies

 

We rely to a significant extent on foreign manufacturers of various products that we sell. In addition, many of our domestic suppliers purchase a portion of their products from foreign sources. This reliance increases the risk that we will not have adequate and timely supplies of various products due to local political, economic, social, or environmental conditions (including acts of terrorism, the outbreak of war, or the occurrence of natural disaster), transportation delays (including dock strikes and other work stoppages), restrictive actions by foreign governments, or changes in United States laws and regulations affecting imports or domestic distribution. Reliance on foreign manufacturers also increases our exposure to fluctuations in exchange rates and trade infringement claims and reduces our ability to return product for various reasons.

 

All of our products manufactured overseas and imported into the United States are subject to duties collected by the United States Customs Service. We may be subjected to additional duties, significant monetary penalties, the seizure and the forfeiture of the products we are attempting to import, or the loss of import privileges if we or our suppliers are found to be in violation of U.S. laws and regulations applicable to the importation of our products.

 

Product Recalls and/or Product Liability May Adversely Impact Our Operations and Merchandise Offerings

 

We are subject to regulations by a variety of state and international regulatory authorities, including the Consumer Product Safety Commission. In fiscal 2007, we purchased merchandise from approximately 1,000 vendors.  A majority of our merchandise is manufactured in foreign countries.  One or more of our vendors might not adhere to product safety requirements or our quality control standards, and we might not identify the deficiency before merchandise ships to our stores. Any issues of product safety, including but not limited to those manufactured in foreign countries, could cause us to recall some of those products. The failure of our vendors to manufacture or import merchandise that does not adhere to our quality control standards could damage our reputation and brands and could lead to increases in customer litigation against us.  Furthermore, to the extent we are unable to replace any recalled products, we may have to reduce our merchandise offerings, resulting in a decrease in sales, especially if a recall occurs near or during a seasonal period.  If our vendors are unable or unwilling to recall products failing to meet our quality standards, we may be required to recall those products at a substantial cost to us. We may be unable to recover costs related to product recalls from our vendors.

 

Significant Increases in Inflation or Commodity Prices such as Petroleum, Natural Gas, Electricity, Steel and Paper May Adversely Affect Our Costs, Including Cost of Merchandise

 

Commodity prices, including oil, have risen significantly in the last few years. This increase and any future increases in

 

13



 

commodity prices or inflation may adversely affect our costs, including cost of merchandise and distribution costs.   Furthermore, the trucking industry is experiencing a shortage of drivers, which is exacerbated by higher fuel prices. Our operating results may be adversely affected if we are unable to secure adequate trucking resources to fulfill our delivery schedules to the stores, particularly as we deliver our fall and Christmas seasonal merchandise.

 

Our Information Systems May Prove Inadequate

 

We depend on our management information systems for many aspects of our business. We will be materially adversely affected if our management information systems are disrupted or we are unable to improve, upgrade, maintain, and expand our systems.

 

A Weak Fourth Quarter Would Materially Adversely Affect Our Operating Results

 

Our business is highly seasonal. Our inventories and short-term borrowings grow in the second and third fiscal quarters as we prepare for our peak selling season in the third and fourth fiscal quarters. Our most important quarter in terms of sales, profitability, and cash flow historically has been the fourth fiscal quarter. If for any reason our fourth fiscal quarter results were substantially below expectations, our operating results for the full year would be materially adversely affected, and we could have substantial excess inventory, especially in seasonal merchandise, that is difficult to liquidate.

 

Competition Could Negatively Impact Our Operations

 

The retail arts and crafts industry is competitive, which could result in the reduction of our prices and our loss of market share. We must remain competitive in the areas of quality, price, breadth of selection, customer service, and convenience. We compete with mass merchants (e.g., Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. and Target Corporation), who dedicate a portion of their selling space to a limited selection of craft supplies and seasonal and holiday merchandise, regional chains, and local merchants. We also compete with specialty arts and crafts retailers, which include Hobby Lobby, A.C. Moore Arts & Crafts, Inc., Jo-Ann Stores, Inc., and Garden Ridge Corporation. Some of our competitors, particularly the mass merchants, are larger and have greater financial resources than we do. In addition, alternative methods of selling crafts, such as over the Internet, could result in additional competitors in the future and increased price competition since our customers could more readily comparison shop. Furthermore, we ultimately compete with alternative sources of entertainment and leisure for our customers.

 

The Interests of Our Controlling Stockholders May Conflict with the Interests of Our Creditors

 

The Sponsors (as defined in Note 4 to the Consolidated Financial Statements) indirectly own over 93% of the Company’s Common Stock.  The interests of these funds as equity holders may conflict with those of our creditors. The controlling stockholders may have an incentive to increase the value of their investment or cause us to distribute funds at the expense of our financial condition and affect our ability to make payments on the outstanding notes.  In addition, these funds have the power to elect a majority of our board of directors and appoint new officers and management and, therefore, effectively control many other major decisions regarding our operations.

 

ITEM 1B.  Unresolved Staff Comments.

 

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 2.  Properties.

 

We lease substantially all of the sites for our Michaels and Aaron Brothers stores, with the majority of our stores having initial lease terms of approximately 10 years. The leases are generally renewable, with increases in lease rental rates. Lessors have made leasehold improvements to prepare our stores for opening under a majority of our existing leases. As of February 2, 2008, in connection with stores that we plan to open or relocate in future fiscal years, we had signed 46 leases for Michaels stores.

 

14



 

As of March 31, 2008, we lease and occupy the following non-store facilities:

 

 

 

Square

 

 

 

Footage

 

Distribution centers:

 

 

 

Centralia, Washington

 

718,000

 

City of Commerce, California (Aaron Brothers)

 

174,000

 

Hazleton, Pennsylvania

 

1,005,000

 

Jacksonville, Florida

 

791,000

 

Lancaster, California

 

763,000

 

New Lenox, Illinois

 

693,000

 

Tarrant County, Texas

 

433,000

 

 

 

4,577,000

 

 

 

 

 

Artistree:

 

 

 

City of Industry, California (regional processing center)

 

90,000

 

Coppell, Texas (regional processing and fulfillment operations center)

 

230,000

 

Kernersville, North Carolina (manufacturing plant and regional processing center)

 

156,000

 

 

 

476,000

 

 

 

 

 

Office space:

 

 

 

Coppell, Texas (corporate satellite office)

 

67,000

 

Grand Prairie, Texas (corporate processing center)

 

35,000

 

Irving, Texas (corporate headquarters)

 

217,000

 

 

 

319,000

 

 

 

 

 

Coppell, Texas (new store staging warehouse)

 

29,000

 

Dallas, Texas (warehouse)

 

70,000

 

 

 

5,471,000

 

 

15



 

The following table indicates the number of our retail stores and wholesale operations located in each state or province as of March 31, 2008:

 

 

 

Number of Stores

 

 

 

 

 

Aaron

 

 

 

State/Province

 

Michaels

 

Brothers

 

Total

 

Alabama

 

10

 

 

10

 

Alaska

 

3

 

 

3

 

Alberta

 

15

 

 

15

 

Arizona

 

27

 

9

 

36

 

Arkansas

 

3

 

 

3

 

British Columbia

 

13

 

 

13

 

California

 

126

 

97

 

223

 

Colorado

 

20

 

8

 

28

 

Connecticut

 

12

 

 

12

 

Delaware

 

4

 

 

4

 

Florida

 

62

 

 

62

 

Georgia

 

29

 

4

 

33

 

Idaho

 

6

 

1

 

7

 

Illinois

 

38

 

 

38

 

Indiana

 

14

 

 

14

 

Iowa

 

7

 

 

7

 

Kansas

 

8

 

 

8

 

Kentucky

 

7

 

 

7

 

Louisiana

 

11

 

 

11

 

Maine

 

2

 

 

2

 

Manitoba

 

3

 

 

3

 

Maryland

 

21

 

2

 

23

 

Massachusetts

 

21

 

 

21

 

Michigan

 

37

 

 

37

 

Minnesota

 

23

 

 

23

 

Mississippi

 

3

 

 

3

 

Missouri

 

18

 

 

18

 

Montana

 

4

 

 

4

 

Nebraska

 

4

 

 

4

 

Nevada

 

11

 

6

 

17

 

New Brunswick

 

2

 

 

2

 

Newfoundland and Labrador

 

1

 

 

1

 

New Hampshire

 

6

 

 

6

 

New Jersey

 

27

 

 

27

 

New Mexico

 

3

 

 

3

 

New York

 

45

 

 

45

 

North Carolina

 

29

 

 

29

 

North Dakota

 

2

 

 

2

 

Nova Scotia

 

2

 

 

2

 

Ohio

 

32

 

 

32

 

Oklahoma

 

7

 

 

7

 

Ontario

 

28

 

 

28

 

Oregon

 

13

 

4

 

17

 

Pennsylvania

 

39

 

 

39

 

Prince Edward Island

 

1

 

 

1

 

Rhode Island

 

3

 

 

3

 

Saskatchewan

 

2

 

 

2

 

South Carolina

 

9

 

 

9

 

South Dakota

 

1

 

 

1

 

Tennessee

 

12

 

 

12

 

Texas

 

62

 

22

 

84

 

Utah

 

11

 

 

11

 

Vermont

 

2

 

 

2

 

Virginia

 

31

 

1

 

32

 

Washington

 

22

 

10

 

32

 

West Virginia

 

4

 

 

4

 

Wisconsin

 

16

 

 

16

 

Wyoming

 

1

 

 

1

 

Total

 

975

 

164

 

1,139

 

 

16


 


 

ITEM 3.  Legal Proceedings.

 

Shareholder Claims

 

State Court Litigation

 

The Company was a defendant in a consolidated action filed by purported former shareholders Julie Fathergill, Feivel Gottlieb, and Roberta Schuman, who sought to represent a class of other former shareholders.  The action was a consolidation of three previously-filed lawsuits and was pending in the 192nd District Court for Dallas County, Texas.  The plaintiffs’ claims arose out of the Merger (as defined in Note 4 to the Consolidated Financial Statements) and, in addition to Michaels, the plaintiffs named as defendants certain former and then-current officers and directors of Michaels and certain other entities involved in the Merger or affiliated therewith.  The plaintiffs alleged that the Merger was procedurally and financially unfair to Michaels’ then-shareholders and asserted claims for breach of fiduciary duty against the individual defendants and claims for aiding and abetting such breaches against the entities.  Among other things, plaintiffs sought (i) a declaration that the Merger was void and ordering it rescinded; (ii) an accounting for, disgorgement of, and the imposition of a constructive trust on, property and profits received by the defendants; and (iii) unspecified damages, including rescissory damages. As reported in our Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended August 4, 2007, plaintiffs Feivel Gottlieb and Roberta Schuman voluntarily dismissed their claims in July 2007.  In December 2007, the parties reached a settlement of Julie Fathergill’s claims.  The terms of the parties’ agreement are confidential but had no material effect on our financial condition.  The court granted Ms. Fathergill’s motion to dismiss on December 28, 2007.

 

Federal Court Litigation

 

The Company is also a defendant in an action filed on September 6, 2006 by a former purported shareholder, Massachusetts Laborers’ Annuity Fund, which seeks to represent a class of other former shareholders.  This action has been consolidated with two other actions filed by other purported former shareholders and is pending in the United States District Court, Northern District of Texas, Dallas Division.  By an order dated December 8, 2006, Massachusetts Laborers’ Annuity Fund was named the lead plaintiff in this action.  On July 5, 2007, the lead plaintiff filed a first amended consolidated class action complaint, which names Michaels and certain of its current and former officers and directors as defendants.  The amended complaint alleges that the defendants misrepresented and/or omitted material facts in Michaels’ annual proxy statements for 2004, 2005 and 2006, including, among others, failing to disclose:  (a) Michaels’ and the defendants’ alleged option backdating practices; (b) information regarding transactions and holdings of Michaels Common Stock by certain trusts owned by or for the benefit of two of Michaels’ former officers and directors and their family members; and (c) that Michaels and the defendants had reported false financial statements as a result of those practices.  Further, the amended complaint makes allegations regarding the Company’s financial restatement of periods prior to 2006, as well as the Merger.  In the amended complaint, the lead plaintiff asserts claims against all defendants for violations of Section 14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, Rule 14a-9 promulgated thereunder, and Section 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.  The lead plaintiff seeks, among other relief, (a) an indeterminate amount of damages, (b) pre-judgment and post-judgment interest, (c) an award of attorneys’ fees and costs, and (d) equitable or injunctive relief, including the rescission of stock option grants.  We are unable to estimate a range of possible loss, if any, in these claims, and intend to defend this lawsuit vigorously.

 

Employee Class Action Claims

 

Cotton Claim

 

On December 20, 2002, James Cotton, a former store manager of Michaels of Canada, ULC, our wholly-owned subsidiary, and Suzette Kennedy, a former assistant manager of Michaels of Canada, commenced a purported class proceeding against Michaels of Canada and Michaels Stores, Inc. on behalf of themselves and current and former employees employed in Canada. The Cotton claim was filed in the Ontario Superior Court of Justice and alleges that the defendants violated employment standards legislation in Ontario and other provinces and territories of Canada by failing to pay overtime compensation as required by that legislation. The Cotton claim also alleges that this conduct was in breach of the contracts of employment of those individuals. The Cotton claim seeks a declaration that the defendants have acted in breach of applicable legislation, payment to current and former employees for overtime, damages for breach of contract, punitive, aggravated and exemplary damages, interest, and costs. In May of 2005, the plaintiffs delivered material in support of their request that this action be certified as a class proceeding. Michaels filed and served its responding materials opposing class certification on January 31, 2006. A date has not yet been set for the hearing with respect to certification. We intend to contest certification of this claim as a class action. Further, we believe we have certain defenses on the merits and intend to defend this lawsuit vigorously. We are unable to estimate a range of possible loss, if any, in this claim.

 

 

17



 

DeJoseph Claim

 

On December 29, 2006, John DeJoseph, a former Michaels store manager in Valencia, California, commenced a purported class action proceeding against Michaels Stores, Inc. on behalf of himself and current and former salaried store employees employed in California from May 10, 2002 to the present. The DeJoseph suit was filed in the Superior Court of California, County of Los Angeles.  The DeJoseph suit alleges that Michaels failed to pay overtime wages, provide meal periods, accurately record hours worked, provide itemized employee wage statements, and that Michaels unlawfully made deductions from employees’ earnings.  The DeJoseph suit additionally alleges that the foregoing conduct was in breach of California’s unfair competition law.  The plaintiff seeks injunctive relief, damages for unpaid wages, penalties, restitution, interest, and attorneys’ fees and costs.  In January 2008, the plaintiff submitted a brief in support of class certification.  We contested class certification by filing responding materials on March 14, 2008.  We believe we have certain meritorious defenses and intend to defend this lawsuit vigorously. We are unable to estimate a range of loss, if any, in this case.

 

Torgerson Claim

 

On January 26, 2007, Katherine Torgerson, a former “lead framer” for Aaron Brothers in San Diego, California, filed a purported class action proceeding in the Superior Court of California, County of San Diego.  Torgerson filed this action against Aaron Brothers, Inc. on behalf of herself and all current and former California-based leads or keyholders.  The Torgerson suit alleges that Aaron Brothers failed to provide its leads and keyholders with adequate meal and rest breaks (or compensation in lieu thereof) and accurate wage statements.  The Torgerson suit additionally alleges that the foregoing conduct was in breach of California’s unfair competition law.   The plaintiff seeks injunctive relief, compensatory damages, meal and rest break penalties, waiting time penalties, interest, and attorneys’ fees and costs.  The parties participated in voluntary mediation on July 10, 2007 and have reached a tentative settlement of the case.  Subject to final court approval, the parties have agreed to a claims made process, with no material impact on our statement of operations, balance sheet, or cash flows for any period presented.

 

Hernandez Claim

 

On April 12, 2007, Antonio Hernandez and five other floor care contractor employees filed a purported class action proceeding in Superior Court of California, County of Orange.  The plaintiffs filed this action against Michaels Stores, Inc., Marshalls and TJ Maxx on behalf of themselves and all similarly-situated individuals in California.  The Hernandez suit alleges that they were joint employees with Michaels, Marshalls, TJ Maxx, and Creative Building Maintenance.  The suit also alleges that Michaels’ conduct violates California’s unfair competition law.  The plaintiffs seek injunctive relief, damages for unpaid overtime, itemized wage statement penalties, meal and rest break penalties, interest, and attorneys’ fees.  We intend to contest certification of this claim as a class action.  Further, we believe we have certain defenses on the merits and intend to defend this lawsuit vigorously.  We are unable to estimate a range of possible loss, if any, in this claim.

 

Palmer Claim

 

On August 30, 2007, Rebecca Palmer, a consumer, filed a purported class action proceeding in Superior Court of California, County of San Diego.  Palmer filed this action against Michaels Stores, Inc., on behalf of herself and all similarly-situated California consumers.  The Palmer suit alleges that Michaels unlawfully requested and recorded personally identifiable information (i.e., her zip code) as part of a credit card transaction.  The plaintiff seeks statutory penalties, interest, and attorneys’ fees.  We intend to contest certification of this claim as a class action.  Further, we believe we have certain defenses on the merits and intend to defend this lawsuit vigorously.  We are unable to estimate a range of possible loss, if any, in this claim.

 

Governmental Inquiries and Related Matters

 

Non-U.S. Trust Inquiry

 

In early 2005, the District Attorney’s office of the County of New York and the SEC opened inquiries concerning non-U.S. trusts that directly or indirectly held shares of Michaels Common Stock and Common Stock options. A federal grand

 

18



 

jury requested information with respect to the same facts. We are cooperating in these inquiries and have provided information in response to the requests.

 

Certain of these trusts and corporate subsidiaries of the trusts acquired securities of Michaels in transactions directly or indirectly with Charles J. Wyly, Jr. and Sam Wyly, who were, respectively, Chairman and Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors prior to the consummation of the Merger, or with other Wyly family members. In addition, subsidiaries of certain of these trusts acquired securities directly from us in private placement transactions in 1996 and 1997 and upon the exercise of stock options transferred, directly or indirectly, to the trusts or their subsidiaries by Charles Wyly, Sam Wyly, or other Wyly family members.

 

We understand that Charles Wyly and Sam Wyly and/or certain of their family members are beneficiaries of irrevocable non-U.S. trusts. The 1996 and 1997 private placement sales by us of Michaels securities to subsidiaries of certain of these trusts were disclosed by us in filings with the SEC. The transfer by Charles Wyly and/or Sam Wyly (or by other Wyly family members or family-related entities) of Michaels securities to certain of these trusts and subsidiaries was also disclosed in filings with the SEC by us and/or by Charles Wyly and Sam Wyly. Based on information provided to us, our SEC filings prior to 2005 did not report securities owned by the non-U.S. trusts or their corporate subsidiaries as beneficially owned by Charles Wyly and Sam Wyly.

 

Charles Wyly and Sam Wyly filed an amended Schedule 13D with the SEC on April 8, 2005, stating that they may be deemed the beneficial owners of Michaels securities held directly or indirectly by the non-U.S. trusts.  In our 2005 and 2006 proxy statements, we included the securities held in the non-U.S. trusts or their separate subsidiaries, as reported by the Wylys, in the beneficial ownership table of our principal stockholders and management, with appropriate footnotes.

 

Stock Options Inquiry

 

On June 15, 2006, following Michaels’ announcement that its Audit Committee had initiated an internal review, referred to below, into the Company’s historical stock options practices, Michaels received a letter from the Division of Enforcement of the SEC requesting that the Company preserve all documents concerning its granting of stock options from 1990 through the present and stating that the SEC intended to request production of such documents in the future. In a letter dated November 15, 2006, the Division requested the documents. A June 16, 2006 grand jury subpoena issued by the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York requesting documents relating to the granting of stock options during the period 1996 to the present was withdrawn in connection with a July 27, 2006 grand jury subpoena issued by the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Texas on behalf of the Fraud section of the Department of Justice requesting documents relating to the granting of stock options during the same period.  We are cooperating in these inquiries and have provided information in response to the requests.

 

The Company’s Audit Committee conducted an internal review into the Company’s historical stock options practices, including a review of the Company’s underlying option grant documentation and procedures and related accounting.  The Audit Committee’s internal review was conducted with the assistance of independent legal counsel and outside accounting experts.  The Company voluntarily reported the commencement of this review to the SEC.

 

The Audit Committee review focused principally on the question of whether there may have been intentional wrongdoing in the Company’s historical stock options granting practices.  On August 25, 2006, the Audit Committee’s independent legal counsel presented to the Audit Committee its final report, which stated that the investigation did not support a conclusion that there was intentional misconduct.  Based on the independent counsel report, the Audit Committee concluded that the results of the investigation did not support a finding of intentional misconduct.

 

The Company also conducted a separate internal review of historical stock option practices and related accounting issues from 1990 through the Merger date.  In this review, the Company was advised, with respect to specific Delaware law issues, by independent Delaware counsel and, with respect to specific Texas law issues, by independent Texas counsel.  Management of the Company discussed its internal review and related judgments with the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm and the Board of Directors and Audit Committee.  Notwithstanding that the Audit Committee concluded that the results of the investigation did not support a finding of intentional misconduct, the Company identified accounting issues related to certain of the stock option grants prior to October 2001.  As a result, and as previously reported in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for fiscal year 2006, in fiscal 2007 we made adjustments to our beginning retained earnings balance for fiscal 2002 by recording additional non-cash compensation cost of approximately $27 million, net of income tax benefits of approximately $13 million.

 

19



 

A pending shareholder lawsuit against the Company, the then-current and certain former directors, and certain then-current and former officers of Michaels also includes claims relating to the Company’s historical stock options practices. See “Shareholder Claims — Federal Court Litigation” above.

 

General

 

We are a defendant from time to time in lawsuits incidental to our business. Based on currently available information, we believe that resolution of all known contingencies is uncertain. There can be no assurance that future costs of such litigation would not be material to our financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

 

ITEM 4.  Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders.

 

We did not submit any matter to a vote of security holders during the fourth quarter of the fiscal year covered by this report.

 

PART II

 

ITEM 5.  Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.

 

Market Information

 

Prior to the Merger, our Common Stock was listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the ticker symbol “MIK.” Subsequent to the Merger, our Common Stock is privately held and there is no established public trading market for our stock.

 

Holders

 

As of March 31, 2008, there were 43 holders of record of our Common Stock.

 

ITEM 6.  Selected Financial Data.

 

The following financial information for the five most recent fiscal years has been derived from our consolidated financial statements. This information should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere herein. Fiscal years 2006 and prior reflect adjustments to reclassify the operations of Star Decorators Wholesale and Recollections as discontinued operations.

 

20



 

 

 

Fiscal Year

 

 

 

2007

 

2006 (5)

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

(In millions, except per share and store count data)

 

Results of Operations Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales

 

$

3,862

 

$

3,843

 

$

3,659

 

$

3,383

 

$

3,085

 

Operating income

 

354

 

208

 

387

 

347

 

294

 

(Loss) income before discontinued operations and cumulative effect of accounting change

 

(22

)

44

 

232

 

207

 

173

 

Cumulative effect of accounting change, net of income tax (1)

 

 

 

(7

)

 

 

Discontinued operations loss, net of income tax

 

(10

)

(3

)

(4

)

(3

)

(1

)

Net (loss) income

 

(32

)

41

 

221

 

204

 

172

 

Basic earnings per common share before discontinued operations and cumulative effect of accounting change (2)

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

0.58

 

0.52

 

0.44

 

Diluted earnings per common share before discontinued operations and cumulative effect of accounting change (2)

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

0.57

 

0.51

 

0.42

 

Dividends per common share (2)

 

0.00

 

0.12

 

0.13

 

0.09

 

0.05

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance Sheet Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and equivalents

 

$

29

 

$

30

 

$

452

 

$

536

 

$

342

 

Merchandise inventories

 

845

 

840

 

776

 

785

 

751

 

Total current assets

 

980

 

1,000

 

1,315

 

1,482

 

1,199

 

Total assets

 

1,614

 

1,693

 

1,876

 

2,022

 

1,733

 

Total current liabilities

 

679

 

742

 

497

 

512

 

371

 

Long-term debt

 

3,741

 

3,729

 

 

200

 

200

 

Total liabilities

 

4,506

 

4,568

 

588

 

814

 

658

 

Stockholders’ (deficit) equity

 

(2,892

)

(2,875

)

1,288

 

1,208

 

1,075

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other Financial Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flow from operating activities

 

$

268

 

$

157

 

$

364

 

$

431

 

$

293

 

Cash flow from investing activities

 

(100

)

(143

)

(68

)

(145

)

(106

)

Cash flow from financing activities

 

(169

)

(436

)

(379

)

(93

)

(63

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other Operating Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average net sales per selling square foot (3) (6)

 

$

217

 

$

224

 

$

221

 

$

216

 

$

210

 

Comparable store sales (decrease) increase (4)

 

(0.7

)%

0.2

%

3.6

%

4.9

%

2.5

%

Total selling square footage

 

19

 

18

 

17

 

17

 

16

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stores Open at End of Year:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Michaels (6)

 

963

 

921

 

886

 

845

 

805

 

Aaron Brothers

 

166

 

166

 

166

 

164

 

158

 

Total stores open at end of year

 

1,129

 

1,087

 

1,052

 

1,009

 

963

 

 


 

(1)             We changed our method of accounting for merchandise inventories from a retail inventory method to the weighted average cost method in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2005. As a result, we recorded a non-cash charge of $7 million, net of income tax, in fiscal 2005 for the cumulative effect of accounting change on prior fiscal years. For further information with respect to this change and other accounting items that affect the comparability of our financial statements, please see “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Accounting Items.”

 

 (2)          The per share amounts in the table were retroactively adjusted to reflect the two-for-one Common Stock split and the 2.9333-for-one Common Stock split effected in the form of stock dividends to stockholders of record as of the close of business on September 27, 2004 and January 26, 2007, respectively.

 

(3)             The calculation of average net sales per selling square foot includes only Michaels stores open longer than 36 months, and excludes Aaron Brothers stores.

 

21



 

(4)             Comparable store sales increase (decrease) represents the increase (decrease) in net sales for stores open the same number of months in the indicated and comparable period of the previous year, including stores that were relocated or expanded during either period. A store is deemed to become comparable in its 14th month of operation in order to eliminate grand opening sales distortions. A store temporarily closed more than 2 weeks due to a catastrophic event is not considered comparable during the month it closed. If a store is closed longer than 2 weeks but less than 2 months, it becomes comparable in the month in which it reopens, subject to a mid-month convention. A store closed longer than 2 months becomes comparable in its 14th month of operation after its reopening. These percentages have been adjusted to exclude Star Decorators Wholesale and Recollections.

 

(5)             Fiscal 2006 operational data, excluding comparable store sales, includes the 53rd week, which had net sales of approximately $59 million.

 

(6)             The Star Decorators Wholesale Los Angeles store has been retroactively presented as a Michaels store.

 

ITEM 7.  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

 

The following discussion should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The following discussion, as well as other portions of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, contains forward-looking statements that reflect our plans, estimates, and beliefs. Any statements contained herein (including, but not limited to, statements to the effect that Michaels or its management “anticipates,” “plans,” “estimates,” “expects,” “believes,” “intends,” and other similar expressions) that are not statements of historical fact should be considered forward-looking statements and should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes contained elsewhere in this report. Specific examples of forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements regarding our forecasts of financial performance, capital expenditures, working capital requirements, workers’ compensation claims exposure and forecasts of effective tax rate. Our actual results could materially differ from those discussed in these forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, those discussed below and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and particularly in “Item 1A. Risk Factors.”

 

Overview

 

We are the largest arts and crafts specialty retailer in North America, with sales of approximately $3.9 billion in the United States and Canada. Our primary retail business is our operation of 975 Michaels stores across North America. We also operate 164 Aaron Brothers stores, a custom frame, framing, and art supply chain (all store counts are as of March 31, 2008).

 

Our mission is to help our customers express themselves creatively. Through our broad product assortments, educational in-store events, project sheets and displays, and on-line information, we offer a shopping experience that encourages creativity in the areas of arts, crafts, floral displays, framing, home accents, and children’s hobbies and activities.

 

In recent years, we have focused on improving store operations and inventory management capabilities in our Michaels stores while continuing a strong store growth program.  Examples of our accomplishments include the following:

 

·       expansion of our distribution center footprint,

·       implementation of perpetual inventory and automated replenishment systems along with weighted average cost stock ledger,

·       use of standardized store opening/relocation and merchandising processes,

·       implementation of financial and human resources management systems, and

·       consistent store growth of 40-50 stores per year.

 

Over the next few years, we will focus on strategic initiatives such as:

 

·              our integrated pricing and promotion strategy,

·              enhancing the in-store experience,

·              the expansion of global sourcing,

·              continued store growth,

·              the expansion of our Hybrid network, and

·              our store labor management system.

 

22



 

We believe these initiatives will allow us to increase our market share and store margins.  In addition, we will evaluate refinements and possible growth opportunities to the Aaron Brothers stores.

 

The Merger

 

On October 31, 2006, substantially all of the Common Stock of Michaels Stores, Inc. was acquired through a merger transaction by the Sponsors, with certain shares retained by affiliates of Highfields Capital Partners (a then-existing shareholder of Michaels Stores, Inc.). As a result of the Merger, Michaels Holdings LLC, an entity controlled by the Sponsors, owns over 93% of our outstanding Common Stock, which is no longer publicly traded. We accounted for the Merger as a leveraged recapitalization whereby the historical book value of the assets and liabilities of Michaels will be maintained with no push down accounting required.

 

The Merger was financed by the issuance of debt as described in the “Liquidity and Capital Resources” section below, as well as:

 

·       Equity investments from the Sponsors and the retention of certain shares held by affiliates of Highfields Capital Partners, and

·       Our available cash as of the date of the Merger.

 

The Merger occurred simultaneously with the closing of the financing and equity transactions referred to above as well as the termination of our previous $300 million senior unsecured credit facility with Bank of America, N.A (Credit Agreement). For further description of the financing transactions, see the “Liquidity and Capital Resources” section below.

 

In connection with the completion of the Merger, we entered into management agreements with each of the Sponsors pursuant to which the Sponsors will provide management services to us until December 31, 2016, with evergreen extensions thereafter.  Pursuant to these agreements, the Sponsors will receive an aggregate annual management fee equal to $12 million and reimbursement for out-of-pocket expenses in connection with the provision of services pursuant to the agreements.  In addition, pursuant to these agreements, the Sponsors received, in connection with the completion of the Merger, aggregate transaction fees of approximately $60 million in connection with services provided by them related to the Merger, and we directly reimbursed the Sponsors, or paid on their behalf, fees incurred by them in connection with the Merger.  Finally, the management agreements provide that the Sponsors are entitled to receive fees in connection with certain subsequent financing, acquisition, disposition and change of control transactions of 1% of the gross transaction value of any such transaction.  The management agreements include customary exculpation and indemnification provisions in favor of the Sponsors.  The management agreements may be terminated by the Sponsors at any time and terminate automatically upon an initial public offering or a change of control unless we and the Sponsors determine otherwise.  Upon termination, each provider of management services will be entitled to a termination fee calculated based on the present value of the annual fees due during the remaining period from the date of termination to the tenth anniversary of the date of the Merger.

 

In connection with the completion of the Merger, we entered into a management agreement with Highfields Capital Management LP, an affiliate of the Highfields Capital Partners, that provides for an annual management fee of $1.0 million for services that Highfields Capital Management LP renders to us following the completion of the Merger.

 

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

 

We have prepared our financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, and these financial statements necessarily include some amounts that are based on our informed judgments and estimates. Our senior management has discussed the development and selection of these critical accounting estimates, and the disclosure in this section of this report regarding them, with the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors. Our significant accounting policies are discussed in Note 1 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Our critical accounting policies represent those policies that are subject to judgments and uncertainties. As discussed below, our financial position and results of operations may be materially different when reported under different conditions or when using different assumptions in the application of these policies. In the event estimates or assumptions prove to be different from actual amounts, adjustments are made in subsequent periods to reflect more current information. Our critical accounting policies include:

 

Merchandise Inventories—Merchandise inventories at Michaels stores are valued at the lower of cost or market, with cost determined using a weighted average method. Included in our cost basis are costs incurred in making inventories

 

23



 

available for sale in our stores, such as freight and other distribution costs. We utilize perpetual inventory records to value inventory in our Michaels stores. Physical inventory counts are performed in a significant number of stores during each fiscal quarter by a third party inventory counting service firm, with substantially all stores open longer than one year subject to at least one annual count. We adjust our perpetual records based on the results of the physical counts. Cost is calculated based upon the purchase order cost of an item at the time it is received by us, reconciled to actual vendor invoices, and also includes the cost of warehousing, handling, purchasing, and transporting the inventory to the stores. The cost of warehousing, handling, purchasing, and transporting, as well as vendor allowances, are recognized through cost of sales when the inventory is sold.  Due to systems limitations, it is impracticable for us to assign specific costs and allowances to individual units of inventory. As such, to properly match net costs against the related revenues, we must use all available information to appropriately estimate the costs and allowances to be deferred and recognized each period. Our estimate of when inventory is sold affects the deferral, and subsequent income statement recognition, of costs incurred in preparing inventory for sale and represents the most significant estimate in that calculation; any changes in this estimate could have a material impact on the financial statements.  Vendor allowances, which primarily represent volume rebates and cooperative advertising funds, are recorded as a reduction of the cost of the merchandise inventories. We earn vendor allowances as a consistent percentage of certain merchandise purchases with no minimum purchase requirements. We did not have any vendor allowance programs in fiscal 2007 and 2006 that were based on purchase volume milestones and had only an immaterial amount of milestone-based allowance programs in fiscal 2005.

 

We maintain a provision for estimated shrinkage based on the actual historical results of our physical inventories. We compare our estimates to the actual results of the physical inventory counts as they are taken and adjust the shrink estimates accordingly. We also record adjustments to the value of inventory equal to the difference between the carrying value and the estimated market value, based on assumptions about future demand.

 

Goodwill—We perform annual impairment tests of goodwill by comparing the book values of our reporting units to their estimated fair values. The estimated fair values of our reporting units are computed using estimates that include a discount factor in valuing future cash flows. There are assumptions and estimates underlying the determination of fair value and any resulting impairment loss. Another estimate using different, but still reasonable, assumptions could produce different results. During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2007, we recognized an impairment charge of $22 million for our Aaron Brothers goodwill.  See Note 3 to our consolidated financial statements for further information.

 

Reserve for Closed Facilities—We maintain a reserve for future rental obligations, carrying costs, and other closing costs related to closed facilities, primarily closed and relocated stores. In accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 146, Costs Associated With Disposal Activities, we recognize exit costs for any store closures at the time the store is closed. Such  costs are recorded within the “Cost of sales and occupancy expense” line item on our consolidated statements of income.

 

The cost of closing a store or facility is calculated as the lesser of the present value of future rental obligations remaining under the lease (less estimated sublease rental income) or the lease termination fee. The determination of the reserves is dependent on our ability to make reasonable estimates of costs to be incurred post-closure and of rental income to be received from subleases. In planning our store closures, we generally try to time our exits as close to the lease termination date as possible to minimize the need for sublease income to offset any remaining lease obligation. The reserves could vary materially if market conditions were to vary significantly from our assumptions.

 

Revenue Recognition—Revenue from sales of our merchandise is recognized at the time of the merchandise sale, excluding revenue from the sale of custom frames, which is recognized at the time of delivery. Revenue is presented net of sales taxes collected. We allow for merchandise to be returned under most circumstances and provide for a reserve of estimated returns. When calculating our deferred framing revenue, we currently estimate the length of time between the customer placing the order at the store and customer pick-up based on the best available information from our systems. A significant change in the length of time between the custom frame order and customer pick-up or a significant change in the underlying trends of our sales returns may materially affect our future operating results.

 

We record a gift card liability on the date we issue the gift card to the customer. We record revenue and reduce the gift card liability as the customer redeems the gift card. We escheat the value of unredeemed gift cards where required by law. Any remaining liabilities not subject to escheatment are evaluated to determine whether the likelihood of the gift card being redeemed is remote (gift card breakage). We recognize gift card breakage as revenue, by applying our estimate of the rate of gift card breakage over the period of estimated performance (36 months as of the end of fiscal 2007). Our estimates of the gift card breakage rate are applied to the estimated amount of gift cards that are expected to go unused that are not subject to escheatment and are based on customers’ historical redemption rates and patterns, which may not be indicative of future

 

24



 

redemption rates and patterns. Prior to fiscal 2005, we did not have adequate historical information to estimate gift card breakage.

 

Share-Based Compensation Expenses—We elected to early adopt SFAS No. 123(R), Share-Based Payment, in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2005. This accounting standard requires all share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, to be recognized in the financial statements based on their fair value over the requisite service period. We applied the provisions of the modified retrospective transition method as permitted by SFAS No. 123(R) from the beginning of fiscal 2005. As a result, we recorded compensation expense for unvested awards based on the amounts previously determined for pro forma disclosure under SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, for the first three quarters of fiscal 2005 and under the provisions of SFAS No. 123(R) for the fourth quarter of fiscal 2005.

 

Beginning in the first quarter of fiscal 2005, compensation cost was based on the grant date fair value of the award and ratably recognized as an expense over the effective vesting period. Determining fair value of our stock options requires judgment, including estimating the expected terms of the options, expected volatility of our Common Stock share price, expected dividends, and forfeitures.

 

Income Taxes—We record income tax expense using the liability method for taxes and are subject to income tax in many jurisdictions, including the United States, various states and localities, and Canada. A current tax liability or asset is recognized for the estimated taxes payable or refundable on the tax returns for the current year and a deferred tax liability or asset is recognized for the estimated future tax effects attributable to temporary differences and carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted income tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect of a change in tax rates is recognized as income or expense in the period that includes the enactment date. A valuation allowance is recorded to reduce the carrying amounts of deferred tax assets unless it is more likely than not that such assets will be realized. If different assumptions had been used, our tax expense, assets, and liabilities could have varied from recorded amounts. If actual results differ from estimated results or if we adjust these assumptions in the future, we may need to adjust our deferred tax assets or liabilities, which could impact our effective tax rate.

 

In July 2006, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes — an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 (“FIN 48”), which clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income tax positions. FIN 48 requires that a company recognize in its consolidated financial statements the impact of a tax position that is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination based on the technical merits of the position. We adopted FIN 48 on February 3, 2007, and recorded a reduction to beginning retained earnings of $1 million.

 

General

 

We report on the basis of a 52 or 53-week fiscal year, which ends on the Saturday closest to January 31. References to fiscal year mean the year in which that fiscal year began. Fiscal 2007 ended on February 2, 2008, fiscal 2006 ended on February 3, 2007, and fiscal 2005 ended on January 28, 2006. Fiscal year 2007 and 2005 contained 52 weeks, while fiscal year 2006 contained 53 weeks.

 

Accounting Items

 

Fiscal 2007

 

Discontinued Operations—On October 16, 2007, we announced plans to align resources around our core retail chains, Michaels and Aaron Brothers stores.  As a result, we discontinued our concept businesses, Recollections and Star Decorators Wholesale (“Star”).  As of the end of fiscal 2007, we had closed 11 Recollections and three of the four Star locations.  The remaining Star location will be operated as a Michaels store.

 

Goodwill Impairment— During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2007, in connection with our annual impairment test, we recorded a goodwill impairment charge of $22 million related to our Aaron Brothers reporting unit.  The impairment charge represents the net carrying value of the Aaron Brothers goodwill.  During fiscal 2007, Aaron Brothers experienced a decline in sales and profitability.  These declines, coupled with our near-term financial forecasts, the decline of the retail segment of the U.S. economy, and our ongoing reassessment of expansion opportunities resulted in an estimated fair value that was lower than the carrying value of the reporting unit.  The resulting allocation of the estimated fair value to the reporting unit’s assets and liabilities indicated that a full impairment of goodwill was required.

 

25



 

Our fair value assessment was based on a combination of present value cash flow analysis, observable earnings multiples of other publicly-traded specialty retail companies, and use of earnings multiples resulting from market transactions of other specialty retail companies.

 

Fiscal 2006

 

Merger Expenses—During fiscal 2006, we expensed approximately $240 million of Merger-related costs, of which $205 million was classified as transaction expenses and $34 million was classified as related party expenses in our consolidated statement of income; the remaining $1 million was classified as interest expense.  Of the $240 million recorded in fiscal 2006, $218 million was recorded in our fourth quarter of fiscal 2006.  Approximately $138 million of the $240 million consisted of compensation expense (primarily share-based compensation) and $100 million was related to investment banking, legal, accounting, and other professional fees.

 

We capitalized $125 million of costs related to the issuance of our various debt instruments, which are more fully described in “Liquidity and Capital Resources” below.  These costs are being amortized over the lives of the respective debt instruments and recognized as a component of interest expense in our consolidated statement of income.

 

As certain of the Merger expenses were not deductible for tax purposes, we incurred permanent differences which adversely impacted our effective tax rate which resulted in an effective tax rate for fiscal 2006 of 61.7%.

 

Fiscal 2005

 

Transition to Cost Accounting—We changed our method of accounting for merchandise inventories from a retail inventory method to the weighted average cost method in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2005, effective as of the beginning of that fiscal year. We believe the weighted average cost method is preferable because we believe it:

 

·       results in greater precision in the determination of cost of sales and inventories as each store/SKU combination is supported by perpetual records valued at cost using SKU level purchase order inputs, allowing for a reduction in the number of significant management estimates that were used in our retail inventory method;

 

·       provides greater insight into shrink using more accurate periodic shrink expense analysis and reporting at the store/SKU level;

 

·       aligns financial reporting with the operational view of the Company, which provides consistency in analysis of inventory management measures; and

 

·       increases the accuracy of matching sales with related expenses, as cost of sales will represent the average cost of the individual items sold rather than an average of the entire pool, eliminating any fluctuations as a result of seasonal changes in the markup percentage of inventory on hand at the end of each quarter.

 

The effect of this change as of January 28, 2006, was presented in the income statement as a cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle of $7 million which was net of an income tax benefit of $5 million. The inventory balance as of the beginning of fiscal 2005 was approximately $777 million on the weighted average cost method, which was approximately $12 million lower than the inventory balance reported under our retail inventory method. The non-cash reduction in the inventory balance was due to the change in accounting principle and was not an indication of an inventory impairment, as the underlying retail value of the Company’s inventories was not affected by this accounting change.

 

Under our retail inventory method, ending inventory incorporates shrink, store use, and certain markdowns in an implicit manner and these items did not require an explicit reserve component. Under the weighted average cost method, shrink reserves are an explicit component of our inventory valuation. Upon implementation of the weighted average cost method at the beginning of fiscal 2005, reserves of $29 million were established for shrink in our Michaels stores. Inventory, net of shrink reserves, in our Michaels stores as of the beginning of fiscal 2005, under weighted average cost, was $3 million lower than fiscal 2004 ending inventory under our retail inventory method, net of shrink, store use, and certain markdowns. Other inventory reserves (including excess and obsolescence and lower of cost or market) under the retail inventory method were $4 million and such reserves at the inception of the weighted average cost method were $10 million. The changes in these reserves are a component of the cumulative effect of accounting change reported on our consolidated statement of income.

 

26



 

Adoption of SFAS No. 123(R)—We elected to early adopt SFAS No. 123(R), Share-Based Payment, in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2005. This accounting standard requires all share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, to be recognized in the financial statements based on their fair value over the requisite service period. We applied the provisions of the modified retrospective transition method as permitted by SFAS No. 123(R) from the beginning of fiscal 2005. As a result, we recorded compensation expense for unvested awards based on the amounts previously determined for pro forma disclosure under SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, for the first three quarters of fiscal 2005, and under the provisions of SFAS No. 123(R) for the fourth quarter of fiscal 2005. We recorded compensation expense related to share-based payments totaling approximately $30 million on a pre-tax basis for fiscal 2005.

 

Gift Card Breakage—As a result of comments made in SEC staff speeches providing guidance as to the SEC’s views on accounting for gift card breakage and our analysis of our gift card liability and redemption history, we concluded that it was appropriate to recognize cumulative breakage during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2005. During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2005, we recognized revenue of approximately $8 million related to gift card balances that we estimated will not be redeemed. Prior to fiscal 2005, we did not have adequate historical information to estimate gift card breakage.

 

Results of Operations

 

The following table sets forth the percentage relationship to net sales of each line item of our consolidated statements of operations. This table should be read in conjunction with the following discussion and with our consolidated financial statements, including the related notes.

 

 

 

Fiscal Year

 

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

Net sales

 

100.0

%

100.0

%

100.0

%

Cost of sales and occupancy expense

 

61.7

 

61.5

 

62.5

 

Gross profit

 

38.3

 

38.5

 

37.5

 

Selling, general, and administrative expense

 

27.2

 

26.6

 

26.7

 

Transaction expenses

 

0.7

 

5.3

 

 

Goodwill impairment

 

0.5

 

 

 

Related party expenses

 

0.5

 

1.0

 

 

Store pre-opening costs

 

0.2

 

0.2

 

0.2

 

Operating income

 

9.2

 

5.4

 

10.6

 

Interest expense

 

9.8

 

2.7

 

0.6

 

Other (income) and expense, net

 

(0.2

)

(0.3

)

(0.3

)

(Loss) income before income taxes, discontinued operations and cumulative effect of accounting change

 

(0.4

)

3.0

 

10.3

 

Provision for income taxes

 

0.1

 

1.8

 

3.9

 

(Loss) income before discontinued operations and cumulative effect of accounting change

 

(0.5

)

1.2

 

6.4

 

Discontinued operations loss, net of income tax

 

(0.3

)

(0.1

)

(0.1

)

Cumulative effect of accounting change, net of income tax

 

 

 

(0.2

)

Net (loss) income

 

(0.8

)%

1.1

%

6.1

%

 

Fiscal 2007 Compared to Fiscal 2006

 

Net Sales—Net sales increased for fiscal 2007 by $19 million, or 0.5%, over fiscal 2006 due primarily to non-comparable sales. Non-comparable sales are largely comprised of sales generated by new stores, as well as other non-recurring events such as the 53rd week of 2006. Our fiscal 2007 comparable store sales decreased 0.7%, or $26 million, reflecting decreases in customer transactions and custom framing deliveries of 3.2% and 0.1%, respectively, partially offset by increases in the average ticket of 2.6%. The fluctuation in the exchange rates between the US and Canadian dollars contributed 50 basis points to the average ticket increase.

 

Our recent results may not be indicative of future results, especially given the current macroeconomic and retail environments. If our sales decline, our results of operations could be adversely affected, especially if we experience a deleveraging of operating expenses.

 

27



 

Cost of Sales and Occupancy Expense—Cost of sales and occupancy expense increased $19 million due to a 3.9% increase in the number of stores operated in fiscal 2007.  Store cost of sales as a percentage of net sales improved 30 basis points as we realized improved margins from a reduction in breadth and depth of promotion programs and continued benefits from ongoing sourcing initiatives, partially offset by lower seel-through of seasonal products. Conversely, occupancy costs deleveraged, due to negative comparable-store sales performance.

 

The following table details the change in cost of sales and occupancy expense, as a percentage of net sales, from fiscal 2006 to 2007:

 

 

 

Increase/(Decrease)

 

Store cost of sales

 

(0.3

)%

Occupancy costs

 

0.5

%

Total increase

 

0.2

%

 

Selling, General, and Administrative Expense—Selling, general, and administrative expense was $1.051 billion in fiscal 2007 compared to $1.023 billion in fiscal 2006. The $28 million expense increase was primarily due to an increase in the number of stores we operate compared to last year and additional advertising costs and other expenses resulting from our strategic initiatives. These strategic initiatives include our pricing and promotion strategy, consumer insight research, and product sourcing.

 

As a percentage of net sales, selling, general, and administrative expense increased 60 basis points from 26.6% of sales in fiscal 2006 to 27.2% of sales in fiscal 2007 primarily due to consulting fees and higher advertising expense.

 

Transaction Expenses—Transaction expenses of $29 million incurred during fiscal 2007 relate primarily to bonus arrangements associated with the change in control that were ratably recognized for a period of one year following the Merger date, as well as other compensation expenses arising from change in control agreements. Transaction expenses incurred during fiscal 2006 of $205 million related primarily to $137 million of share-based compensation with the remainder related to investment banking, legal, accounting, and other professional fees associated with the Merger.

 

Related Party Expenses—Related party expenses were $17 million for fiscal 2007 and consisted primarily of $14 million of management fees and associated expenses paid to our Sponsors and Highfields.  Related party expenses in fiscal 2007 also include $3.0 million of amortization expense related to the Separation Agreements as more fully described in Note 14 to the consolidated financial statements. Related party expenses for fiscal 2006 resulted primarily from the Merger with approximately $27 million of transaction and management fees paid to our Sponsors, and $9 million related to various professional fees paid on behalf of our Sponsors.

 

Interest Expense—Interest expense increased from $105 million in fiscal 2006 to $378 million in fiscal 2007.  This increase was due to the debt issued associated with the Merger.

 

Provision for Income Taxes—The tax rate in fiscal 2007 was unfavorably impacted primarily by non-deductible severance payments and the write-off of goodwill. The tax rate in fiscal 2006 was unfavorably impacted by certain non-deductible Merger-related expenses.

 

Fiscal 2006 Compared to Fiscal 2005

 

Net Sales—Net sales increased $184 million, or 5.0%, from fiscal 2005 to fiscal 2006. Net sales from our 44 new stores opened during the year, partially offset by lost sales from our nine store closures, accounted for approximately $124 million of the increase in net sales, with sales during the 53rd week of fiscal 2006 accounting for $59 million. We recognized gift card breakage of $3 million during fiscal 2006 as compared to $8 million in fiscal 2005. We first implemented our gift card breakage policy in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2005.  In addition, our fiscal 2006 comparable store sales increase of 0.2% contributed $8 million to the net sales increase.

 

The comparable store sales increase of 0.2% was comprised of an increase in the average ticket of 2.4%, a decrease in transactions of 2.3%, and an increase in custom framing deliveries of 0.1%. The increase in average ticket includes favorable

 

28



 

pricing/product mix trends and a 30 basis point benefit from the strengthening of the Canadian dollar.  A decline in the sales of yarn products adversely impacted comparable store sales by approximately 1.4%.

 

Cost of Sales and Occupancy Expense—Cost of sales and occupancy expense increased $76 million due to increased sales from a 3.3% increase in the number of stores operated in fiscal 2006 compared to fiscal 2005, and a 0.2% comparable store sales increase, partially offset by lower shrink expense.

 

The following table details the change in cost of sales and occupancy expense, as a percentage of net sales, from 2005 to 2006:

 

 

 

Increase/(Decrease)

 

Store cost of sales

 

(1.7

)%

Occupancy costs

 

0.6

%

Gift card breakage

 

0.1

%

Total decrease

 

(1.0

)%

 

Cost of sales and occupancy expense, as a percentage of net sales, decreased approximately 100 basis points. Store cost of sales was favorably impacted by stronger sales of merchandise at regular price, improved sourcing, stronger seasonal sell-through, and improved shrink results. In particular, our store margins improved as a result of more focused promotions and price increases in selected markets.  The fiscal 2006 improvement in our store cost of sales may not be indicative of future results.

 

Occupancy expenses, as a percentage of sales, were unfavorably impacted primarily by increased property taxes and higher remodel expenses.  Remodel expenses increased due to our expanded remodel program, affecting 67 stores in fiscal 2006 as compared to 27 stores in fiscal 2005.

 

Selling, General, and Administrative Expense—Selling, general, and administrative expense was $1.023 billion in fiscal 2006 compared to $977 million in fiscal 2005. The expense increase was primarily due to increases in store operating expenses of approximately $42 million resulting from new store growth and the 0.2% increase in comparable store sales.

 

As a percentage of net sales, selling, general, and administrative expense remained relatively consistent at 26.6% of sales for fiscal 2006 compared to 26.7% of sales in fiscal 2005. Store operating expenses, as a percentage of sales, were also consistent with last year.

 

Transaction Expenses—Transaction expenses associated with the Merger were $205 million, of which approximately $185 million was recorded in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2006. Approximately $138 million of the $205 million consisted of compensation expense (primarily share-based compensation) and $67 million was related to investment banking, legal, accounting, and other professional fees.

 

Related Party Expenses—Related party expenses for fiscal 2006 resulted primarily from the Merger.  Of the $38 million of related party expenses, approximately $23 million and $3 million were transaction fees and management fees, respectively, paid to our Sponsors, while $9 million related to various professional fees paid on behalf of our Sponsors. Such professional fees consisted primarily of legal and consulting services directly related to the Merger.

 

Interest Expense—Interest expense increased from $22 million in fiscal 2005 to $105 million in fiscal 2006.  We incurred $104 million of interest expense during our fourth quarter of fiscal 2006 related to the debt issued to finance the Merger. The interest expense in fiscal 2005 related to our 9¼% Senior Notes due 2009, which we early retired during fiscal 2005.

 

Provision for Income Taxes—The effective tax rate was 61.7% in fiscal 2006 and 38.1% in fiscal 2005. The tax rate in fiscal 2006 was unfavorably impacted by certain non-deductible Merger-related expenses.

 

Cumulative Effect of Accounting Change—In fiscal 2005, we changed our method of accounting for merchandise inventories from a retail inventory method to the weighted average cost method. See the previous section “Accounting Items.” As a result, we recorded a non-cash charge of $7 million, net of income tax, or $0.01 per diluted share, in the first quarter of fiscal 2005 for the cumulative effect of accounting change on fiscal years prior to fiscal 2005.

 

29



 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

Our cash and equivalents decreased $1 million from $30 million at the end of fiscal 2006 to $29 million at the end of fiscal 2007. We require cash principally for day-to-day operations and to finance capital investments, supply initial inventory for new stores, replenish inventory for existing stores, service our outstanding debt, and seasonal working capital needs. We expect that our available cash, cash flow generated from operating activities, and funds available under our Asset-based revolving credit facility will be sufficient to fund planned capital expenditures, working capital requirements, debt repayments, debt service requirements, and future growth through the end of fiscal 2008. As of March 31, 2008, our borrowing base under our Asset-based revolving credit facility was $724 million and we had $594 million of remaining availability under that facility.

 

Cash Flow from Operating Activities

 

Cash flow provided by operating activities in fiscal 2007 was $268 million compared to $157 million in fiscal 2006. The increase in cash provided by operating activities was largely due to a 4.5% reduction in store-level inventories as we maintained prudent inventory management in a challenging retail environment, which allowed us to keep our increase in total inventory to a minimum, in spite of a 4% increase in store count.  Included in our fiscal 2007 net loss are certain non-cash items, such as the Aaron Brothers goodwill impairment and interest accretion on our subordinated discount notes.

 

Cash Flow from Investing Activities

 

Cash flow used in investing activities was attributable to the following capital expenditure activities:

 

 

 

Fiscal Year

 

 

 

2007 (1)

 

2006 (2)

 

2005 (3)

 

 

 

(In millions)

 

New and relocated stores and stores not yet opened

 

$

27

 

$

31

 

$

40

 

Existing stores

 

26

 

49

 

40

 

Distribution system expansion

 

18

 

25

 

7

 

Information systems

 

26

 

33

 

24

 

Corporate and other

 

3

 

5

 

7

 

 

 

$

100

 

$

143

 

$

118

 


(1)             In fiscal 2007, we incurred capital expenditures related to the opening of 45 Michaels stores, two Aaron Brothers stores, and the relocation of 11 Michaels stores.

 

(2)             In fiscal 2006, we incurred capital expenditures related to the opening of 43 Michaels stores, one Aaron Brothers store and the relocation of seven Michaels stores.

 

(3)             In fiscal 2005, we incurred capital expenditures related to the opening of 46 Michaels, two Aaron Brothers, and three Recollections stores, one Star Decorators Wholesale store and the relocation of 18 Michaels stores.

 

Capital expenditures in 2007 were lower than 2006 primarily as a result of fiscal 2006 capital expenditures related to strategic initiatives such as a work force management system, an energy management system, and a new merchandise planning system, which did not recur in fiscal 2007.  Also, in fiscal 2007, we remodeled fewer stores than in fiscal 2006.

 

We currently estimate that our capital expenditures will range from $110 million to $120 million in fiscal 2008.

 

During fiscal 2004, we purchased interests in a Massachusetts business trust that invests primarily in auction rate securities with auction reset periods of less than twelve months. The purchase price of these interests was approximately $50 million. During fiscal 2005, we liquidated our interest in the business trust for proceeds of $51 million.

 

30



 

Cash Flow from Financing Activities

 

Subsequent to the Merger, cash flows from financing activities are related primarily to borrowings and repayments under our revolving credit facility and principal payments under our term loan facility.  Prior to the Merger, cash flows from financing activities primarily related to payments of dividends, repurchases of common stock and repayments of debt. See the “Debt” section below concerning further sources and uses of cash related to financing activities.

 

Debt

 

Prior to the Merger, our primary sources of short-term liquidity were cash generated by operations and proceeds from stock option exercises.  Subsequent to the Merger, our primary sources of short-term liquidity are cash generated by operations and borrowings under the asset-based revolving credit facility.

 

To finance the Merger, we issued 10% Senior Notes due 2014, 113/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016, and 13% Subordinated Discount Notes due 2016 (collectively, the “Notes”).  We also executed an asset-based revolving credit facility as well as a senior secured term loan facility (collectively, the “Senior Credit Facilities”). Borrowings under our asset-based revolving credit facility are influenced by a number of factors as more fully described below.

 

Notes

 

On October 31, 2006, we issued (i) $750 million in principal amount of 10% Senior Notes due November 1, 2014; (ii) $400 million in principal amount at maturity of 113/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due November 1, 2016; and (iii) $469 million in principal amount of 13% Subordinated Discount Notes due November 1, 2016. Interest on the Senior Notes and the Senior Subordinated Notes is payable semi-annually in arrears on each May 1 and November 1, commencing on May 1, 2007.  No cash interest is payable on the Subordinated Discount Notes prior to November 1, 2011. Beginning on November 1, 2011, cash interest will accrue on the Subordinated Discount Notes and is payable semi-annually in arrears on each May 1 and November 1 (the first cash interest payment is May 1, 2012).  The Senior Notes are guaranteed, jointly and severally, on an unsecured basis, the Senior Subordinated Notes are guaranteed, jointly and severally, on an unsecured senior subordinated basis, and the Subordinated Discount Notes are guaranteed, jointly and severally, on an unsecured subordinated basis, in each case, by each of our subsidiaries.

 

The indentures governing the Notes contain covenants limiting, among other things, the Company’s ability and the ability of the Company’s restricted subsidiaries to:

 

·                    incur additional debt;

·                    pay dividends or distributions on the Company’s capital stock or repurchase the Company’s capital stock;

·                    issue stock of subsidiaries;

·                    make certain investments;

·                    create liens on the Company’s assets to secure debt;

·                    enter into transactions with affiliates;

·                    merge or consolidate with another company; and

·                    sell or otherwise transfer assets.

 

Prior to November 1, 2009, we may redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of each of the Notes with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings (as defined in the indentures governing the Notes) at redemption prices that include a premium and subject to certain other terms and conditions, as described in the applicable indenture.  The Notes are also redeemable in whole or in part, at our option, at any time at redemption prices that include varying premiums until a certain date.  In addition, upon a change of control, we are required to make an offer to redeem all of the Notes at a premium with accrued and unpaid interest.

 

Asset-based revolving credit facility

 

On October 31, 2006, we executed a senior secured asset-based revolving credit facility with Banc of America Securities LLC and other lenders (“Asset-based revolving credit facility”). The Asset-based revolving credit facility provides senior secured financing of up to $1.0 billion, subject to a borrowing base as described below. As of February 2, 2008, the borrowing base was $704 million, of which we borrowed $97 million.  Borrowing capacity is available for letters of credit and borrowings on same-day notice (“Swingline Loans”).

 

31



 

The borrowing base equals the sum of (i) 90% of eligible credit card receivables and debit card receivables; (ii) between 85% and 90% of the appraised net orderly liquidation value of eligible inventory and of eligible letters of credit; (iii) a percentage of eligible in-transit inventory, less certain reserves; and, (iv) the sum of an additional 10% of the appraised net orderly liquidation value of eligible inventory and of eligible letters of credit plus an additional 5% of eligible credit card receivables and debit card receivables (collectively, the “last out tranche”), up to a maximum amount of $100 million.

 

The Asset-based revolving credit facility provides us with the right to request up to $200 million of additional commitments under this facility.  The lenders under this facility are not under any obligation to provide any such additional commitments, and any increase in commitments is subject to customary conditions precedent.  If we were to request any such additional commitments, and the existing lenders or new lenders were to agree to provide such commitments, the facility size could be increased to up to $1.2 billion, but our ability to borrow under this facility would still be limited by the amount of the borrowing base.

 

Borrowings under the Asset-based revolving credit facility bear interest at a rate per annum equal to, at our option, either (a) a base rate determined by reference to the higher of (1) the prime rate of Bank of America, N.A. and (2) the federal funds effective rate plus  1/2 of 1% or (b) a LIBOR rate subject to certain adjustments, in each case plus an applicable margin. The initial applicable margin for borrowings is 0.50% for base rate borrowings and 1.50% for LIBOR borrowings. With respect to any last out tranche borrowings, the initial applicable margin is 1.50% for base rate borrowings and 2.50% for LIBOR borrowings. The applicable margin is subject to adjustment each fiscal quarter based on the excess availability under the Asset-based revolving credit facility.  Swingline Loans bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the base rate plus the applicable margin.

 

We are required to pay a commitment fee of 0.25% per annum on the unutilized commitments under Asset-based revolving credit facility.  We must also pay customary letter of credit fees and agency fees.

 

If, at any time, the aggregate amount of outstanding loans, unreimbursed letter of credit drawings and undrawn letters of credit under the Asset-based revolving credit facility exceeds the lesser of (i) the commitment amount or (ii) the borrowing base, we will be required to repay outstanding loans and cash collateralize letters of credit in an aggregate amount equal to such excess, with no reduction of the commitment amount.  If the amount available under the Asset-based revolving credit facility is less than $100 million for five consecutive business days, or a payment or bankruptcy event of default has occurred, we will be required to repay outstanding loans and cash collateralize letters of credit with the cash we are required to deposit daily in a collection account maintained with the agent under the Asset-based revolving credit facility. We may voluntarily reduce the unutilized portion of the commitment amount and repay outstanding loans at any time without premium or penalty other than customary breakage costs with respect to LIBOR loans. There is no scheduled amortization under the Asset-based revolving credit facility; the principal amount of the loans outstanding is due and payable in full on October 31, 2011.

 

The Asset-based revolving credit facility contains a number of covenants that, among other things and subject to certain exceptions, restricts the Company’s ability and the ability of its subsidiaries to:

 

·                    incur additional indebtedness;

·                    pay dividends on the Company’s capital stock or redeem, repurchase or retire the Company’s capital stock or its other indebtedness;

·                    make investments, loans, advances and acquisitions;

·                    create restrictions on the payment of dividends or other amounts to the Company from its restricted subsidiaries;

·                    engage in transactions with affiliates of the Company;

·                    sell assets, including capital stock of the Company’s subsidiaries;

·                    consolidate or merge; and

·                    create liens.

 

The covenants limiting dividends and other restricted payments; investments, loans, advances and acquisitions; and prepayments or redemptions of indebtedness, each permit the restricted actions in an unlimited amount, subject to the satisfaction of certain payment conditions, principally that we must have at least $125 million of pro forma excess availability under the Asset-based revolving credit facility and that we must be in pro forma compliance with the fixed charge coverage ratio described in the next paragraph.

 

32



 

Although the Asset-based revolving credit facility does not require us to comply with any financial ratio maintenance covenants, if we have less than $75 million of excess availability under the Asset-based revolving credit facility at any time, we are not permitted to borrow any additional amounts unless our pro forma consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio (as defined in the Asset-based revolving credit facility) is at least 1.1 to 1.0. The Asset-based revolving credit facility also contains certain customary affirmative covenants and events of default.

 

Senior secured term loan facility

 

On October 31, 2006, we executed a $2.4 billion senior secured term loan facility with Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., and other lenders. The full amount was borrowed on October 31, 2006. We are required to make scheduled quarterly payments, each equal to 0.25% of the original principal amount of the term loans, for the first six years and three quarters, with the balance payable on October 31, 2013. Borrowings under the Senior secured term loan facility bear interest at a rate per annum equal to, at our option, either (a) a base rate determined by reference to the higher of (1) the prime rate of Deutsche Bank and (2) the federal funds effective rate plus  1/2 of 1% or (b) a LIBOR rate, subject to certain adjustments, in each case plus an applicable margin. At issuance, the applicable margin was 2.00% with respect to base rate borrowings and 3.00% with respect to LIBOR borrowings, subject to downward adjustment based on the leverage and ratings thresholds set forth in the Senior secured term loan facility. During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2006, we amended the Senior secured term loan facility such that the applicable margin with respect to the LIBOR borrowings was lowered from 3.00% to 2.75%. On May 10, 2007, we amended the Senior secured term loan facility to reduce the applicable margin to 1.25% with respect to base rate borrowings and 2.25% with respect to LIBOR borrowings. The amendment also provides that if there is a repricing transaction that reduces the interest rate margins prior to May 10, 2008, then each lender will receive a fee equal to 1.0% of the principal amounts of loans that are repriced. Finally, the amendment eliminated the requirement that we maintain a specified consolidated secured debt ratio.

 

The Senior secured term loan facility requires us to prepay outstanding term loans with (a) 100% of the net proceeds of any debt issued by us or our subsidiaries (with exceptions for certain debt permitted to be incurred under the Senior secured term loan facility) and (b) commencing with the fiscal year ending February 2, 2008, 50% (which percentage will be reduced to 25% if our total leverage ratio is less than a 6.00:1.00 and will be reduced to 0% if our total leverage ratio is less than 5.00:1.00) of our annual Excess Cash Flow (as defined in the Senior secured term loan facility). We must also offer to prepay outstanding term loans at 100% of the principal amount to be prepaid, plus accrued and unpaid interest, with the proceeds of certain asset sales or casualty events under certain circumstances. We may voluntarily prepay outstanding loans under the Senior secured term loan facility at any time without premium or penalty other than customary breakage costs with respect to LIBOR loans.

 

The Senior secured term loan facility contains a number of negative covenants that are substantially similar to, but more restrictive in certain respects than, those governing the Notes as well as certain other customary affirmative and negative covenants and events of default.

 

9 1/4% Senior Notes due 2009

 

In fiscal 2001, we issued $200 million in principal amount of 9 1/4% Senior Notes due July 1, 2009, which were unsecured and interest thereon was payable semi-annually on each January 1 and July 1. On July 1, 2005, we redeemed the senior notes at a price of $1,046.25 per $1,000 of principal amount. This early redemption resulted in a pre-tax charge of $12 million in the second quarter of fiscal 2005, which represents a combination of a $9 million call premium and $3 million of unamortized costs associated with the senior notes, which was recorded as interest expense.

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

We have no off-balance sheet arrangements as defined in Item 303(a)(4)(ii) of Regulation S-K.

 

Contractual Obligations

 

All of our significant contractual obligations are recorded on our Consolidated Balance Sheets or disclosed in our Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

We do not typically enter into off-balance sheet arrangements, except for arrangements related to operating lease commitments, service contract commitments, and letters of credit, as disclosed in the table below. Neither do we typically

 

33



 

issue guarantees to third parties.

 

As of February 2, 2008, our contractual obligations were as follows:

 

 

 

Payments Due By Fiscal Year

 

 

 

 

 

Less Than

 

 

 

 

 

More Than

 

 

 

Total

 

1 Year

 

1-3 Years

 

3-5 Years

 

5 Years

 

 

 

(In millions)

 

Operating lease commitments (1)

 

$

1,745

 

$

319

 

$

561

 

$

392

 

$

473

 

Capital lease commitments

 

10

 

10

 

 

 

 

Other commitments (2)

 

111

 

79

 

25

 

6

 

1

 

Purchase obligations (3)

 

41

 

41

 

 

 

 

Total debt

 

3,863

 

122

 

49

 

48

 

3,644

 

Interest payments (4)

 

2,081

 

308

 

610

 

626

 

537

 

 

 

$

7,851

 

$

879

 

$

1,245

 

$

1,072

 

$

4,655

 


(1)             Our operating lease commitments generally include non-cancelable leases for property and equipment used in our operations. Excluded from our operating lease commitments are amounts related to insurance, taxes, and common area maintenance associated with property and equipment. Such amounts historically represented approximately $4.08 to $4.56 per selling square foot over the previous three fiscal years at our Michaels stores.

 

(2)             Other commitments primarily include service contract obligations and certain post-employment obligations. Values within the Other commitments line item were calculated based on the time period remaining in the contract or to the earliest possible date of termination, if permitted to be terminated by Michaels upon notice, whichever is shorter.

 

(3)             Purchase obligations represent legally binding commitments to purchase merchandise inventories, which are made in the normal course of business to meet operational requirements.

 

(4)             Interest payments associated with long-term debt. Debt associated with our Senior secured term loan facility was approximately $2.3 billion, which contains a variable interest rate. The interest rate payments in the table for the Senior secured term loan facility were based on the indexed interest rate in effect at February 2, 2008. Approximately $1.4 billion of debt was subject to fixed interest rates.

 

Additional information regarding our long-term debt and commitments and contingencies is provided in Note 7 and Note 11, respectively, of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Seasonality

 

Our business is highly seasonal, with higher sales in the third and fourth fiscal quarters. For the last ten fiscal years, our fourth quarter, which includes the Christmas selling season, has accounted for approximately 34.8% of our sales and approximately 51.4% of our operating income.

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements, which is intended to increase consistency and comparability in fair value measurements by defining fair value, establishing a framework for measuring fair value and expanding disclosures about fair value measurements.  FAS 157 was originally effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, and interim periods within those fiscal years.  In November 2007, the FASB placed a one year deferral for the implementation of FAS 157 for nonfinancial assets and liabilities; however, FAS 157 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007 for financial assets and liabilities, as well as for any other assets and liabilities that are carried at fair value on a recurring basis in financial statements.  We adopted FAS 157 on February 3, 2008, with no impact on our consolidated financial statements.

 

34



 

In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 158, Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pensions and Other Postretirement Plans, which requires an entity to recognize the overfunded or underfunded status of a defined benefit postretirement plan as an asset or liability in its balance sheet and to recognize changes in that funded status in the year in which the changes occur through comprehensive income.  It also requires an entity to measure the funded status of a plan as of the date of its year-end balance sheet.  As we have no publicly traded equity securities (due to the Merger), FAS 158 is effective for us at the end of fiscal 2007, with early adoption permitted.  We adopted FAS 158 at the end of fiscal 2007, with no material impact on our consolidated statement of operations, balance sheet, stockholders’ (deficit) equity, or cash flows statement.

 

In February 2007, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities, which permits companies to measure certain financial instruments and other items at fair value (at specified measurement dates) that are not currently required to be measured at fair value. Any unrealized gains or losses applicable to those items measured at fair value shall be reported in earnings. The decision to apply fair value is generally made on an instrument by instrument basis, is irrevocable, and is applied only to an entire instrument. We will adopt FAS 159 in the first quarter of fiscal 2008 and we currently do not expect there to be a material, if any, impact on our consolidated financial statements as a result of this adoption.

 

In December 2007, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 141 (revised 2007), Business Combinations (“FAS 141R”). FAS 141R replaces FASB Statement No. 141, Business Combinations. The statement retains the purchase method of accounting used in business combinations but replaces FAS 141 by establishing principles and requirements for the recognition and measurement of assets, liabilities and goodwill, including the requirement that most transaction costs and restructuring costs be expensed. In addition, the statement requires disclosures to enable users to evaluate the nature and financial effects of the business combination. FAS 141 is effective for business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2008. We will adopt FAS 141R on February 1, 2009 for acquisitions on or after this date.

 

ITEM 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.

 

We invest cash balances in excess of operating requirements primarily in money market mutual funds and short-term interest-bearing securities, generally with maturities of 90 days or less. Due to the short-term nature of our investments, the fair value of our cash and equivalents at February 2, 2008 approximated carrying value.

 

We have market risk exposure arising from changes in interest rates on our Senior Credit Facilities. See “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources” for further detail. The interest rates on our Senior Credit Facilities will reprice periodically, which will impact our earnings and cash flow. The interest rates on our Notes issued in connection with the Merger are fixed.  Based on our overall interest rate exposure to variable rate debt outstanding as of February 2, 2008, a 1% increase or decrease in interest rates would increase or decrease pre-tax earnings by $24 million. A 1% increase in interest rates would decrease the fair value of our long-term fixed rate debt by approximately $54 million. A 1% decrease in interest rates would increase the fair value of our long-term fixed rate debt by approximately $57 million.  A change in interest rates would not materially affect the fair value of our variable rate debt as the debt reprices periodically.

 

ITEM 8.  Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

 

The Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data are included as an annex  to this Annual Report on Form 10-K. See the Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data on page F-1.

 

ITEM 9.  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.

 

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 9A.  Controls and Procedures.

 

Included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are certifications of our Chief Executive Officer and our President and Chief Financial Officer, which are required in accordance with Rule 13a-14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.  This section includes information concerning the controls and controls evaluation referred to in the certifications.  Page F-3 of this Report includes the attestation report of Ernst & Young LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, regarding its

 

35



 

audit of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting.  This section should be read in conjunction with the Ernst & Young attestation for a complete understanding of this section.

 

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

 

We maintain a set of disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934).  An evaluation was carried out under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and our President and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Based on that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and our President and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed in the reports that we file or submit under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934 is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC rules and forms.  We note that the design of any system of controls is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions.

 

Change in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

There has not been any change in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) as promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) during our most recently completed fiscal quarter, the fourth quarter of fiscal 2007, that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 

Management Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.  Internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company, (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company, and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Due to its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements and, even when determined to be effective, can only provide reasonable, not absolute, assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation.  Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to risk that controls may become inadequate as a result of changes in conditions or deterioration in the degree of compliance.

 

Management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of February 2, 2008.  Management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in its Internal Control—Integrated Framework.  Management’s assessment included the evaluation of such elements as the design and operating effectiveness of financial reporting controls, process documentation, accounting policies, and the overall control environment.  This assessment is supported by testing and monitoring performed by both our Internal Audit and Internal Control organizations.

 

Based on our assessment, management believes that we maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of February 2, 2008, the end of the fiscal year. The independent registered public accounting firm, Ernst & Young LLP, issued an attestation report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. The Ernst & Young LLP report is included on Page F-3 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

ITEM 9B.  Other Information.

 

Not applicable.

 

36



 

PART III

 

ITEM 10.  Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant.

 

DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

 

Directors

 

Our Board of Directors has eight members.  Our current directors serve for a period of three years and until their successors are duly elected and qualified or until the earlier of their resignation, death or removal.

 

In previous years, our Board utilized director independence standards designed to satisfy the corporate governance requirements of the New York Stock Exchange when determining whether or not members of our Board were independent.  In connection with the Merger, the Sponsors agreed that they would each have proportional representation on our Board.  Consequently, four of our current directors are affiliates of Bain, while the remaining four are affiliates of Blackstone.  Taking into account the direct affiliation that each member of our Board has with either Bain or Blackstone, no current director of the Company is deemed to be “independent” under our previously adopted independence standards.

 

Set forth below is information concerning each of our directors, including their ages as of March 31, 2008, present principal occupations, other business experiences during the last five years, membership on committees of the Board and public company directorships and certain other directorships.  Each of the directors listed below has served on our Board since October 31, 2006.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Committee

 

Name

 

Age

 

Position

 

Membership

 

Josh Bekenstein

 

49

 

Director

 

 

Michael S. Chae

 

39

 

Director

 

Compensation Committee

 

Todd Cook

 

36

 

Director

 

Audit Committee

 

Matthew Kabaker

 

31

 

Director

 

Audit Committee

 

Lewis Klessel

 

40

 

Director

 

Audit Committee

 

Matthew S. Levin

 

42

 

Director

 

Compensation Committee

 

David McVeigh

 

40

 

Director

 

Audit Committee

 

James A. Quella

 

58

 

Director

 

 

 

Mr. Bekenstein is a managing director at Bain Capital Partners.  Prior to joining Bain Capital Partners in 1984, Mr. Bekenstein spent several years at Bain & Company, where he was involved with companies in a variety of industries.  Mr. Bekenstein received an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School and a B.A. from Yale University.  Mr. Bekenstein serves as a director of several corporations, including Bombardier Recreational Products Inc., Dollarama Capital Corporation, Toys “R” Us, Inc., Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse Corporation, Waters Corporation, and Bright Horizons Family Solutions Inc.

 

Mr. Chae is a senior managing director at The Blackstone Group in the private equity group.  Prior to becoming a senior managing director in January 2005, Mr. Chae was a principal of Blackstone from 2000 to 2004.  Mr. Chae graduated magna cum laude from Harvard College, and received an M.Phil from Cambridge University and a J.D. from Yale Law School.  He serves as a director of Hilton Hotels Corp., Universal Orlando, and Nielsen Co.

 

Mr. Cook is a principal of Bain Capital Partners.  Prior to joining Bain Capital Partners in 1996, Mr. Cook was a consultant at Bain & Company.  Mr. Cook received an M.B.A. from Stanford University Graduate School of Business where he was an Arjay Miller Scholar.  He also holds a B.E. in electrical engineering and a B.A. in economics from Dartmouth College.  Mr. Cook serves as a director of Dollarama Capital Corporation and Dunkin Brands Inc.

 

Mr. Kabaker is a principal at Blackstone in the private equity group, which he joined in 1998.  Mr. Kabaker received a B.A. in Philosophy, Politics & Economics from the University of Pennsylvania.  Mr. Kabaker currently serves as a director of Ariel Reinsurance Insurance Ltd., TRW Automotive Inc., Financial Guaranty Insurance Company and HealthMarkets, Inc.

 

37



 

Mr. Klessel is an operating partner at Bain Capital Partners.  Prior to joining Bain Capital Partners, Mr. Klessel held a variety of operating and strategy leadership positions from 1997 to 2005 at The Home Depot, Inc., most recently as President of Maintenance Warehouse, a wholly-owned subsidiary that distributed maintenance products to facility management customers in the multi-housing, lodging, health-care and commercial sectors.  Mr. Klessel received an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School where he was a Baker Scholar, and a B.S. from the Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania.

 

Mr. Levin is a managing director at Bain Capital Partners.  Prior to joining Bain Capital Partners in 2000, Mr. Levin was a consultant at Bain & Company where he consulted in the consumer products and manufacturing industries.  Mr. Levin received an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School where he was a Baker Scholar.  He received a B.S. from the University of California at Berkeley.  Mr. Levin serves as a board member of several corporations, including Bombardier Recreational Products Inc., Dollarama Capital Corporation, Guitar Center, Inc., Toys “R” Us, Inc. and Unisource Worldwide, Inc.

 

Mr. McVeigh is an executive director at Blackstone in the private equity group.  Mr. McVeigh recently joined Blackstone from McKinsey & Company, where he spent 12 years and was a partner.  At McKinsey, Mr. McVeigh was one of the leaders of the North American Chemicals practice and the Northeast Energy and Materials practice.  Mr. McVeigh received a B.S. in Chemical Engineering from Lafayette College, an M.S. in Chemical Engineering from Stanford University, and an M.B.A. from Columbia University.  Mr. McVeigh serves as a director of Biomet, Inc.

 

Mr. Quella is a senior managing director and senior operating partner at Blackstone in the private equity group.  Prior to joining Blackstone in 2004, Mr. Quella was a managing director and senior operating partner with DLJ Merchant Banking Partners-CSFB Private Equity from June 2000 to February 2004.  Prior to that, Mr. Quella worked at Mercer Management Consulting and Strategic Planning Associates.  Mr. Quella received a B.A. in International Studies from the University of Chicago/University of Wisconsin-Madison and an M.B.A. from the University of Chicago.  Mr. Quella serves as a director of Allied Waste Industries, Inc., Celanese Corporation, Graham Packaging Company, L.P., and Houghton Mifflin Company.

 

Executive Officers

 

Our current executive officers, their ages as of March 31, 2008, and their business experience during at least the past five years are set forth below.

 

Name

 

Age

 

Position

 

Brian C. Cornell

 

48

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

Jeffrey N. Boyer

 

49

 

President and Chief Financial Officer

 

Thomas M. Bazzone

 

41

 

Executive Vice President—Specialty Businesses

 

Nicholas E. Crombie

 

57

 

Executive Vice President—Store Operations

 

Thomas C. DeCaro

 

53

 

Executive Vice President—Supply Chain

 

Harvey S. Kanter

 

46

 

Executive Vice President—Managing Director

 

 

Mr. Cornell was named Chief Executive Officer in June 2007. Prior to joining Michaels, he served as Executive Vice President and Chief Marketing Officer of Safeway, Inc. since April 2004.  Prior to joining Safeway, Mr. Cornell served as President of Pepsi-Cola North America’s (“PCNA”) Food Services Division and Senior Vice President of Sales for PCNA, a role he assumed in March 2003.  Prior to joining PCNA, Mr. Cornell was Regional President of PepsiCo Beverages International’s European business and President of Tropicana Products International based in Belgium.  Mr. Cornell joined PepsiCo, Inc. when it acquired Tropicana from Seagram Company in 1998.  Mr. Cornell serves on the Board of Directors of Home Depot, Inc.

 

Mr. Boyer was promoted to President and Chief Financial Officer in March 2006. Prior to his promotion, he served as Executive Vice President—Chief Financial Officer since January 2003. Prior to joining us, Mr. Boyer was Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Kmart Corporation from May 2001 until November 2001. Prior to joining Kmart, he held various positions with Sears, Roebuck and Co., where he served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer from October 1999 to May 2001, Corporate Controller from June 1998 to October 1999, and Vice President, Finance—Full Line Stores from June 1996 to June 1998. Prior experience includes Vice President of Business Development at The Pillsbury Company from 1995 to 1996 and over six years with Kraft Foods in various senior financial positions.  Mr. Boyer serves on the Board of Directors of Fossil, Inc.

 

38



 

Mr. Bazzone was promoted to Executive Vice President—Specialty Businesses in March 2006. Prior to his promotion, he served as President of our Recollections and Star Decorators Wholesale businesses since May 2004. He came to us from Restoration Hardware where he was Executive Vice President, Chief Operating Officer and Director from July 2001 to December 2003. Previously, he was with RedEnvelope, where he held the position of President and Chief Operating Officer from July 1999 to July 2001. Mr. Bazzone also held executive positions with Williams-Sonoma from May 1995 through January 1999.

 

Mr. Crombie was promoted to Executive Vice President—Store Operations in May 2007.  Prior to his promotion, he served as Zone Vice President of Stores for Michaels Stores, Inc. since January 7, 2002.    Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Crombie was  Area Vice President, Mid-South for CVS from February 1999 to October 2002.  From January 1996 until February 1999, he was employed by Caldor, Inc. with store operations responsibilities, including Regional Vice President.  From November 1988 to January 1996, he was Director of Sales and Marketing and General Merchandising Manager for Major Appliances at Lechmere, Inc.

 

Mr. DeCaro was promoted to Executive Vice President—Supply Chain in June 2005. Prior to his promotion, Mr. DeCaro had served as Senior Vice President—Inventory Management since joining us in August 2000. From April 1998 until joining us, he was Vice President—Merchandise for The Walt Disney Company. Prior to this, he held the position of Senior Vice President—Merchandise Planning and Allocation for Kohl’s Department Stores from February 1996 to April 1998. In addition, Mr. DeCaro has held various positions in Merchandise Planning and Allocation and Finance for The Disney Store, The Limited Stores, May Department Stores, and Sanger Harris Department Stores.

 

Mr. Kanter was promoted to Executive Vice President—Chief Merchant in March 2006 and, in recognition of the Company’s new category management merchandise focus, his title was changed to Executive Vice President—Managing Director in March 2008. Prior to his promotion, he served as President of Aaron Brothers, a subsidiary of Michaels, since April 2003. From 1995 until joining us, Mr. Kanter held various positions with Eddie Bauer, Inc. From 2002 until 2003, he was Managing Director of the Home and Non-Apparel divisions and from 1995 until 2002, he was Managing Director of the Home division. As a Managing Director, Mr. Kanter was responsible for retail, catalog and Internet merchandising, sourcing, planning, allocation, and design and visual presentation. In March 2003, Spiegel, Inc. and certain of its principal operating subsidiaries, including Eddie Bauer, Inc., filed a voluntary petition for reorganization under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code.

 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

 

Our Board is responsible for governing Michaels’ business and affairs.  Highlights of Michaels’ corporate governance practices are described below.

 

Board Committees

 

Currently, our Board has two active standing committees, each of which is required by its charter to consist of no fewer than two directors.  The four members of the Audit Committee are Matthew Kabaker (Chairman), Todd Cook, Lewis Klessel and David McVeigh.  The two members of the Compensation Committee are Michael S. Chae and Matthew S. Levin.

 

Currently, and as a result of the Merger, the Company’s Common Stock is held by a small number of stockholders, including Bain and Blackstone (and other private equity funds) and certain members of our senior management.  In addition, Bain and Blackstone have agreed that they will each have the right to proportional representation on our Board, which has resulted in half of our Board being associated with Bain, with the remaining half being associated with Blackstone.  As the Company is now privately held and the members of our Board are selected by our Sponsors, the Board does not maintain policies and procedures by which Michaels’ stockholders may submit director candidates to the Board or the stockholders for consideration.

 

Compensation Committee

 

Please see “Item 11. Executive Compensation — Compensation Discussion and Analysis” for a description of the roles and responsibilities of our Compensation Committee.

 

39



 

Audit Committee

 

Our Board of Directors has a separately designated audit committee, and our Board has determined that each member of the Audit Committee is financially literate and has sufficient business and financial expertise to effectively perform his duties as a member of the Audit Committee. As the Company is now privately held and controlled by our Sponsors, our Board has determined that it is not necessary to designate one or more of our Audit Committee members as an “audit committee financial expert” at this time.  None of our Audit Committee members is an independent director due to their affiliations with the Sponsors. The members of the Audit Committee are as follows:

 

Audit Committee

Matthew Kabaker (Chairman)

Todd Cook

Lewis Klessel

David McVeigh

 

Under its charter, the Audit Committee is generally responsible for overseeing Michaels’ financial reporting process and assists the Board in fulfilling the Board’s oversight responsibilities with respect to: (i) the integrity of Michaels’ financial statements; (ii) Michaels’ compliance with legal and regulatory requirements; (iii) the qualifications and independence of Michaels’ independent registered public accounting firm; and (iv) the performance of the independent registered public accounting firm and of Michaels’ internal audit function.

 

Code of Business Conducts and Ethics

 

We adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that applies to, among others, our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, and principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions. A copy of our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics is available on our Internet website at www.michaels.com under “Corporate Information.” We will post any amendments to our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, or waivers of the Code for our executive officers, on our Internet website at www.michaels.com under “Corporate Information.”

 

SECTION 16(a) BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP REPORTING COMPLIANCE

 

Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 requires our officers and directors and persons who own more than 10% of a registered class of our equity securities to file initial reports of ownership and reports of changes in ownership with the SEC.  Such persons are required by regulation of the SEC to furnish us with copies of all Section 16(a) forms they file.  Although we had no outstanding shares of such equity securities during our fiscal 2007, certain of our officers and directors and owners of more than 10% of our current equity may be technically deemed to have had filing obligations under Section 16 for part of fiscal 2007.  Based solely on our review of the copies of such forms or written representations from certain reporting persons received by us with respect to fiscal 2007, we believe that our officers and directors and persons who own more than 10% of our equity securities have complied with all applicable filing requirements.

 

ITEM 11. Executive Compensation.

 

COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

 

Introduction

 

The following Compensation Discussion and Analysis relates to compensation paid to our executive officers named in the Summary Compensation Table for fiscal 2007.  It is important to note, however, that on June 30, 2006, we entered into the Merger with affiliates of Bain Capital Partners LLC and The Blackstone Group and, on October 31, 2006, the transaction was completed and our shares of Common Stock ceased to be listed on the New York Stock Exchange.  Upon completion of the Merger, our incumbent Board members, including the members of the Compensation Committee, resigned, and new members of the Board were elected.  Thereafter, our Board appointed a new Compensation Committee, comprised of Michael S. Chae and Matthew S. Levin, each of whom is affiliated with our current stockholders and, therefore, is not deemed an independent director.  While the Company operated its full fiscal 2007 on a post-Merger basis, the new ownership structure that was put in place in late fiscal 2006 resulted in a number of events occurring during

 

40



 

fiscal 2007 that impacted management and compensation decisions.  This included the hiring of a new Chief Executive Officer, the departure of the Company’s President and Chief Operating Officer, and the adoption of a new equity compensation plan.  Each of these events is more fully discussed below.

 

Compensation Program

 

Generally, our compensation program has continued the overall approach of our pre-Merger compensation program, modified as appropriate to reflect that we are now a privately-owned company with public debt.  The principal guiding objectives of our executive officer compensation program are:

 

·                  attracting and retaining highly qualified individuals who make contributions that result in Michaels meeting its financial and strategic goals;

 

·                  motivating employees to exceptional levels of operating and financial performance; and

 

·                  aligning employee interests with the long-term goals of our stockholders.

 

Currently, the total compensation for our executive officers consists of three components:  base salary, annual cash incentive bonuses and long-term equity-based incentive compensation awards.  The philosophy and the strategy of the cash incentive compensation program for our executive officers are to provide higher annual cash incentive compensation for exceptional corporate and financial performance.  While the Compensation Committee takes into account tax and accounting considerations in structuring the components of our compensation program, these considerations are secondary to the primary objectives of the compensation program described above.

 

Compensation Strategy

 

The Compensation Committee approves and recommends to the Board the compensation for all executive officers.  The Board is ultimately responsible for determining the compensation of our executive officers, although under our certificate of incorporation equity-based awards must also be approved by a majority of our stockholders.  Both the Compensation Committee and the Board receive recommendations with respect to decisions regarding the executive officers, other than the Chief Executive Officer, by senior management, principally the Chief Executive Officer and the Senior Vice President — Human Resources.  In determining compensation levels for the executive officers, the Compensation Committee considers the scope of an individual’s responsibilities, an individual’s performance and prior experience, the performance of the Company and the attainment of planned financial and strategic initiatives.  These factors are evaluated by the Compensation Committee and the Board with no particular weight given to any one factor.  The Compensation Committee considers overall past compensation and incentives in determining the compensation of executive officers and seeks to assure that the executives have appropriate incentives to achieve high levels of corporate performance.  The Compensation Committee, through its members’ involvement in numerous other portfolio companies, has access to compensation-related information to assist the Committee with respect to the Company’s overall compensation program for employees generally, as well as compensation for executive officers.  Recommendations to the Board by the Compensation Committee are therefore predominantly based on the experience of the members of the Compensation Committee.

 

Named Executive Officers

 

This Compensation Discussion and Analysis and the executive compensation discussion and tables that immediately follow describe the process, strategy and elements of the Company’s compensation plan as applied to its executive officers.  Those individuals include Brian C. Cornell, Chief Executive Officer, Jeffrey N. Boyer, President and Chief Financial Officer, Thomas M. Bazzone, Executive Vice President — Specialty Businesses, Thomas C. DeCaro, Executive Vice President — Supply Chain, Harvey S. Kanter, Executive Vice President — Managing Director and Gregory A. Sandfort, who served as President and Chief Operating Officer for part of the year.  These officers are referred to as our “Named Executive Officers.”

 

41



 

Compensation Elements

 

Base Salaries

 

Base salaries for our executive officers are established based on the scope of their responsibilities, individual performance and prior experience, Michaels’ operating and financial performance and the attainment of planned financial and strategic initiatives, taking into account the knowledge of the members of the Compensation Committee regarding competitive market compensation paid by companies for similar positions.  The Compensation Committee sets base salaries at a level designed to attract and retain highly qualified individuals who make contributions that result in Michaels meeting its operating and financial goals.  Base salaries are reviewed and adjusted annually as deemed appropriate by the Compensation Committee.  The Compensation Committee has discretion to adjust base salary during the fiscal year and exercised that discretion in fiscal 2007, as described below.

 

As previously disclosed, the Board, upon the Compensation Committee’s recommendation, chose to increase the base salaries of certain executive officers following the Merger transaction and prior to the beginning of fiscal 2007. Accordingly, the Board approved increases to annual base salaries as of December 31, 2006 for the Named Executive Officers listed below and these levels were not revised for the balance of fiscal 2007.

 

Name

 

New Base Salary

 

 

 

Jeffrey N. Boyer (1)

 

$

625,000

 

 

 

Gregory A. Sandfort (2)

 

 

625,000

 

 

 


(1)  Mr. Boyer served as President and Chief Financial Officer for fiscal 2007, and announced his intentions to leave the Company effective April 4, 2008.

 

(2)  Mr. Sandfort served as President and Chief Operating Officer until July 27, 2007, when he separated from the Company.

 

Further, in March 2007, the Compensation Committee reviewed recommendations regarding 2007 annual base salary rates for the balance of the executive officer group based on the criteria set forth above.  Pursuant to this review, the Compensation Committee determined that such salaries were generally appropriate for the position and responsibilities assigned to each executive officer.  As such, the base salary increases below the level of President were adjusted within normal company merit guidelines, and with a nominal additional adjustment to Mr. Kanter for internal equity purposes.  Merit guidelines are determined by reviewing and participating in benchmark surveys, as well as giving consideration to the Company’s overall budget for employee compensation.  Based upon this information, the Company has utilized a 3.5% to 4% annual merit rate for the past several years.  The resulting adjustments are reflected below.

 

Name

 

2006 Base Salary

 

2007 Base Salary

 

Thomas M. Bazzone

 

$

350,000

 

$

361,550

 

Thomas C. DeCaro

 

 

325,000

 

 

335,075

 

Harvey S. Kanter

 

 

350,000

 

 

370,050

 

 

On June 4, 2007, Mr. Brian C. Cornell was named Chief Executive Officer of the Company.  Pursuant to his negotiated employment agreement, Mr. Cornell’s base salary was set at $1,000,000, subject to increase from time to time by the Board of Directors, in its sole discretion.  In setting Mr. Cornell’s base salary, the Committee considered Mr. Cornell’s compensation at his prior employer and the level of compensation needed to recruit Mr. Cornell to the Company.  In the opinion of the members of the Compensation Committee, based on their experience with other companies, including other portfolio companies, this salary level represented a competitive market level for the position.

 

Annual Bonuses

 

In March 2007, the Compensation Committee recommended and the Board approved fiscal year 2007 annual bonus plans for the Named Executive Officers to provide financial incentives to those and other members of management who were in positions to make important contributions to Michaels’ success.  The structure of the bonus plan and the specific objectives relating to bonus payments were proposed by the Company’s co-Presidents and Senior Vice President — Human Resources and were reviewed and adjusted by the Compensation Committee.  The bonus plan tied 75% of the available bonus to Michaels’ attainment of certain financial, operational and strategic objectives, which were assigned various weights based on each individual’s position, and 25% of the available bonus to the individual’s job performance.  The financial objective for all Named Executive Officers included, and for our then co-Presidents consisted primarily of, consolidated earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”), less an inventory charge.  In addition, for Mr. Bazzone, our Executive Vice President — Specialty Businesses, the objectives included business unit EBITDA  and specialty business

 

42



 

comparable store sales; for Mr. DeCaro, our Executive Vice President — Supply Chain, the objectives included buyer contributions to earnings, as adjusted for inventory efficiencies, and supply chain network expense ratio; and for Mr. Kanter, our Executive Vice-President — Chief Merchant, the objectives included buyer contribution to earnings, as adjusted for inventory efficiencies, and merchandising comparable sales.  Each participating Named Executive Officer was entitled to a bonus equal to a certain percentage of that executive officer’s base salary.  The Compensation Committee set threshold, target and maximum performance levels for each position.  If the minimum threshold level was not achieved, no annual bonuses would be paid based on Company performance.  For our then co-Presidents, these percentages ranged from 24.5% to 140% (with a target of 70%) of base salary, and for the other participating named executive officers, these percentages ranged from 17.5% to 100% (with a target of 50%) of base salary.  In furtherance of the compensation program objectives described above, the target bonuses and maximum bonus opportunities for participating executive officers generally represented greater percentages of salary for exceptional financial and operational performance than in the past.  The final award depended on the actual level of performance achieved; however, the Compensation Committee retained discretion to make adjustments.  The target levels of performance for the bonus goals were set at levels that the Compensation Committee and the Board believed to be reasonably achievable in view of Michaels’ historical annual performance.  Additional specific information regarding the targets and objectives is set forth below in the discussion of fiscal 2007 results.

 

Pursuant to Mr. Cornell’s negotiated employment agreement and his fiscal 2007 bonus plan, Mr. Cornell’s target annual bonus opportunity, subject to the achievement of certain performance targets, was set at 100% of base salary, with a threshold at 35% and a maximum bonus potential at 200% of base salary.   Pursuant to the bonus plan, Mr. Cornell’s annual bonus would be based 75% on corporate adjusted EBITDA and 25% on individual performance.  The actual amount of bonus, if any, was to be determined by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion.  Pursuant to the agreement, Mr. Cornell’s bonus for fiscal 2007 was to be prorated to the commencement of his employment.

 

The target percentages set for fiscal 2007 and the threshold, target and maximum payments for each of the Named Executive Officers for fiscal 2007 were as follows:

 

 

 

 

Brian C. Cornell

 

Jeffrey N. Boyer

 

Thomas M. Bazzone

 

Thomas C. DeCaro

 

Harvey S. Kanter

 

Gregory A. Sandfort

 

Percentage of Base Salary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Target

 

100

%

70

%

50

%

50

%

50

%

70

%

Threshold

 

35

%

24.5

%

17.5

%

17.5

%

17.5

%

24.5

%

Maximum

 

200

%

140

%

100

%

100

%

100

%

140

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial Weightings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Overall Company Results

 

75

%

75

%

25

%

50

%

50

%

25

%

Division/Dept. Results

 

 

 

50

%

25

%

25

%

50

%

Individual Performance

 

25

%

25

%

25

%

25

%

25

%

25

%

 

Individual performance accounts for up to 25% of target bonus for each of the Named Executive Officers.  Each officer is evaluated annually based upon competencies and pre-established individual objectives.  Performance against these measures is determined by the Compensation Committee on a scaled rating of Exceeds Expectations, Solid Performance or Mixed Performance.  No specified weighting is given to each measure and considerable discretion resides with the Compensation Committee in its evaluation of personal performances.

 

In April 2008, the Compensation Committee and the Board of Directors approved the fiscal 2007 annual bonus payments to the Named Executive Officers.  As described previously, the financial objective of Company performance that was applicable to all the named executive officers was EBITDA, less an inventory charge.  For fiscal 2007, the EBITDA-adjusted goal for target-level bonuses was $499.3 million.  For the fiscal year, the Company did not achieve its targeted EBITDA goal, but did exceed the threshold set by the Compensation Committee and approved by the Board at the beginning of the year, which represented approximately 94% of target.  As a result, bonuses slightly above threshold were earned for this Company performance element of the plan.

 

Mr. Bazzone had additional objectives based on EBITDA-adjusted earnings and comparable store sales at the specialty businesses level, with these objectives weighted at 40% and 10% of target bonus, respectively.  Neither the EBITDA-adjusted earnings goal nor the comparable store sales goals were achieved at threshold levels so no bonus dollars were earned based on those measures.

 

 

43



 

Mr. DeCaro had additional objectives based on supply chain network expense ratio percentage and buyer contribution to earnings, with these objectives weighted at 15% and 10% of target bonus respectively.  With respect to supply chain network expenses, Mr. DeCaro exceeded target performance and earned the full 15% of bonus associated with this measure.  Buyer contribution dollars did not meet the target but did exceed threshold and, as a result, approximately 2% of target bonus associated with this measure was earned.

 

Mr. Kanter had additional objectives based on buyer contribution to earnings and merchandising comparable store sales, with these objectives weighted at 15% and 10% of target bonus respectively.  As reflected above, the objective regarding buyer contribution dollars slightly exceeded threshold resulting in approximately 2.4% of target bonus being earned by Mr. Kanter on this measure.  With respect to Mr. Kanter’s objective regarding merchandising comparable store sales, the actual results did not meet the threshold, so no bonus was earned based on this measure.

 

The Compensation Committee also evaluated the individual performance of each of the Named Executive Officers for purposes of determining bonuses based on individual performance.

 

Actual amounts paid to the Named Executive Officers for fiscal 2007 are listed in the Summary Compensation Table under the heading “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation.”

 

In addition to the sums set forth above, the Named Executive Officers other than Mr. Cornell were eligible to receive certain change in control retention payments or bonuses during fiscal 2007.  These amounts are set forth in the Summary Compensation Table under the heading “All Other Income” and are more fully discussed in the section entitled “Employment and Change in Control Severance Agreements.”

 

Long-Term Equity-Based Compensation

 

On February 15, 2007, our Board and stockholders approved the Michaels Stores, Inc. 2006 Equity Incentive Plan, as well as certain specific grants under the plan to key employees.  In addition, the stockholders granted the Board authority to make plan grants to other eligible participants in the future.  The plan has been established to advance the interests of Michaels and its affiliates by providing for the grant of equity-based awards to eligible participants (key employees and directors of, and consultants and advisors to, Michaels or its affiliates).  Awards under the plan are intended to align the long-term incentives of our executives and stockholders.

 

The Named Executive Officers listed below received stock option grants on February 16, 2007.  Each option is divided into six tranches with different exercise prices.  The lowest exercise price is $15.00 per share, which was determined by the Board to be the fair market value per share of our Common Stock on the date of grant.  Each tranche vests 20% on each of the first through fifth anniversaries of the grant date and all unvested options vest immediately upon a change of control, as defined in the Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement dated February 16, 2007 among Michaels and its stockholders.  The amounts of awards were based on each Named Executive Officer’s position at Michaels and the total target compensation packages deemed appropriate for such positions.  The Compensation Committee and the Board felt theses awards were reasonable and consistent with the nature of the individuals’ responsibilities and satisfied the goals of competitive compensation and the retention of key executive officers.  The tranche structure of the option awards, with increasing exercise prices in each tranche, is designed to incentivize long-term performance by tying the value of the options to long-term increases in the value of our Common Stock.

 

 

 

Number of Shares of Common Stock Underlying Stock Option

 

Name

 

Total Shares

 

Tranche 1
(Exercise
Price $15.00
Per Share)

 

Tranche 2
(Exercise
Price $22.50
Per Share)

 

Tranche 3
(Exercise
Price $30.00
Per Share)

 

Tranche 4
(Exercise
Price $37.50
Per Share)

 

Tranche 5
(Exercise
Price $45.00
Per Share)

 

Tranche 6
(Exercise
Price $52.50
Per Share)

 

Jeffrey N. Boyer

 

1,532,904

 

510,968

 

510,968

 

127,742

 

127,742

 

127,742

 

127,742

 

Thomas M. Bazzone

 

454,192

 

151,398

 

151,398

 

37,849

 

37,849

 

37,849

 

37,849

 

Thomas C. DeCaro

 

454,192

 

151,398

 

151,398

 

37,849

 

37,849

 

37,849

 

37,849

 

Harvey S. Kanter

 

454,192

 

151,398

 

151,398

 

37,849

 

37,849

 

37,849

 

37,849

 

Gregory A. Sandfort (1)

 

1,532,904

 

510,968

 

510,968

 

127,742

 

127,742

 

127,742

 

127,742

 

 


(1) Mr. Sandfort separated from the Company on July 27, 2007, and all options previously granted to him were cancelled.

 

44



 

On June 4, 2007, Mr. Cornell was granted both a restricted stock award and a grant of stock options pursuant to the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan.  The restricted stock award covers 133,333 shares of stock which vests as to 66,667 shares on June 4, 2008 and 66,666 shares on June 4, 2009.  Mr. Cornell’s stock option grant covers 2,270,966 shares with exercise prices beginning at $15.00 per share, which was determined by the Board to be the fair market value per share of our common stock on the date of grant.  The table set forth below shows the stock option grant by tranche and exercise price.  Each tranche vests at the rate of 20% on each of the first through fifth anniversaries of February 16, 2007 and all unvested options vest immediately upon a change in control.  In the judgment of the Compensation Committee and the Board, these equity awards were appropriate for Mr. Cornell’s position and were instrumental to the Company’s successful recruiting of Mr. Cornell as Chief Executive Officer.

 

 

 

Number of Shares of Common Stock Underlying Stock Option

 

Name

 

Total Shares

 

Tranche 1
(Exercise
Price $15.00
Per Share)

 

Tranche 2
(Exercise
Price $22.50
Per Share)

 

Tranche 3
(Exercise
Price $30.00
Per Share)

 

Tranche 4
(Exercise
Price $37.50
Per Share)

 

Tranche 5
(Exercise
Price $45.00
Per Share)

 

Tranche 6
(Exercise
Price $52.50
Per Share)

 

Brian C. Cornell

 

2,270,966

 

756,989

 

756,989

 

189,247

 

189,247

 

189,247

 

189,247

 

 

Other Benefits and Perquisites

 

Our Named Executive Officers also receive certain other benefits and perquisites.  These benefits include annual matching contributions to executive officers’ 401(k) and variable universal life plan accounts, the payment of life insurance premiums, Company-paid medical benefits and, in some cases, reimbursement for income taxes on taxable benefits.  The perquisites for our Chief Executive Officer and each of our co-Presidents (in Mr. Sandfort’s case prior to his resignation) also include the personal use of Company-owned or leased automobiles.  The Compensation Committee and the Board believe perquisites are reasonable and consistent with the nature of the individual’s responsibilities, provide a competitive level of total compensation to our executives and serve as an important element in retaining those individuals.  The cost to Michaels of these benefits to the named executive officers is set forth in the Summary Compensation Table under the column “All Other Compensation” and detail about each element is set forth in the footnote table following the Summary Compensation Table.

 

Employment and Change in Control Severance Agreements

 

Mr. Cornell has an employment agreement with Michaels that was entered at the time of his appointment which includes certain severance benefits in the event of termination for cause or by Mr. Cornell for good reason, as such terms are defined in the agreement.  The specific terms of Mr. Cornell’s employment agreement are discussed following the Summary Compensation Table and also in the section entitled “Executive and Director Compensation — Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control.”

 

On April 26, 2006, to encourage the Named Executive Officers to remain with Michaels during the strategic alternatives process that led to the completion of the Merger on October 31, 2006, the Board approved change in control severance agreements with Messrs. Boyer, DeCaro, Bazzone, Kanter and Sandfort.  A change in control bonus plan was also adopted, and both the agreements and the bonus plan contained retention bonus features to reward employees for remaining with the Company following a change in control event or compensate them if terminated following the event.  Specifically, the change in control agreements included a retention bonus feature providing for the payment of guaranteed minimum bonuses not less than the amount paid for fiscal 2005 for two years following a change in control.  In accordance with these agreements, because the bonuses paid to Mr. Bazzone and Mr. Kanter under the fiscal 2007 bonus program were less than the bonuses they received in fiscal 2005, they were paid change in control retention bonuses for fiscal 2007, which are included in the Summary Compensation Table under the heading “All Other Income.”  The change in control bonus plan provided for an additional payment in a specified amount ($125,000 for each of the covered named executive officers) provided the officer or employee was continually employed by the Company for one year following the change in control event or was terminated without cause prior to such one year anniversary.  As a result, Messrs. Boyer, DeCaro, Bazzone, Kanter were each paid the sum of $125,000 on October 31, 2007, and Mr. Sandfort was paid $125,000 on his separation date, and these amounts are included in the Summary Compensation Table under the heading “All Other Income.”  A more detailed description of these

 

45



 

agreements may be found in the section entitled “Executive and Director Compensation — Potential Payments Upon a Change in Control.”

 

Mr. Sandfort was separated from the Company on July 27, 2007, and his change in control benefits were triggered.  Pursuant to his agreement, Mr. Sandfort was paid: (i) three times the sum of his annual base salary plus the greater of his average annual bonus or target bonus; (ii) his prorated target annual bonus for fiscal 2007; (iii) three years of continued welfare benefits and fringe benefits for Mr. Sandfort and his spouse, subject to certain limitations and restrictions; (iv) a credit representing three years of participation in the Company’s savings and retirement plans; and (v) outplacement counseling not to exceed $50,000.  Mr. Sandfort executed a Separation Agreement and Release, which included, in addition to a release of all claims against the Company, a forfeiture of all outstanding stock options and a confidentiality, non-solicitation and non-interference agreement.  Additionally, the Company and Mr. Sandfort entered into a letter agreement dated July 27, 2007 whereby Mr. Sandfort agreed to provide consulting services to the Company as an independent contractor and agreed to a non-competition agreement for a period of twelve months following the agreement.  As consideration for this agreement, the Company agreed to pay Mr. Sandfort $1,403,464.40 within 10 days of the agreement and to transfer ownership of a vehicle and certain computer and telecommunication equipment to Mr. Sandfort.  The actual amounts paid to Mr. Sandfort are set forth in the section entitled “Executive and Director Compensation — Potential Payments Upon a Change in Control,” and are reflected in the Summary Compensation Table under the heading “All Other Compensation.”

 

IRS Limits on Deductibility

 

Following the Merger, the equity securities of Michaels are no longer publicly traded; accordingly, Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code no longer applies to Michaels.

 

COMPENSATION COMMITTEE REPORT

 

The Compensation Committee has reviewed and discussed the Compensation Discussion and Analysis required by Item 402(b) of Regulation S-K with management and, based on such review and discussion, the Compensation Committee recommended to the Board that the Compensation Discussion and Analysis be included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

THE COMPENSATION COMMITTEE

 

Michael S. Chae
Matthew S. Levin

 

EXECUTIVE AND DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

 

Summary Compensation Table

 

The following table summarizes the compensation for the fiscal years indicated paid to or earned by the following persons who were previously defined as Named Executive Officers:  Brian C. Cornell (who, beginning June 4, 2007, served as principal executive officer), Jeffrey N. Boyer (who served as co-principal executive officer until June 4, 2007 and served as principal financial officer for fiscal 2007), Gregory A. Sandfort (who served as co-principal executive officer during a portion of the year), Thomas M. Bazzone, Thomas C. DeCaro, and Harvey S. Kanter (the three other most highly compensated individuals who were serving as executive officers at the end of fiscal 2007).

 

46



 

 

 

 

 

Salary

 

Bonus

 

Stock Awards

 

Option Awards

 

Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation

 

All Other Compensation

 

Total

 

Name and Principal Position

 

Year

 

($)

 

($)

 

($) (1)

 

($) (1)

 

($) (2)

 

($) (3)

 

($)

 

Brian C. Cornell,

 

2007

 

607,692

 

2,500,000

(5)

749,998

 

1,150,098

 

538,533

 

92,341

 

5,638,662

 

Chief Executive Officer(4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Jeffrey N. Boyer,

 

2007

 

625,000

 

 

 

1,024,207

 

244,063

 

205,968

 

2,099,238

 

President and Chief

 

2006

 

499,039

 

 

 

329,288

 

480,208

 

709,889

 

2,018,424

 

Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Thomas M. Bazzone,

 

2007

 

361,550

 

 

 

303,469

 

63,741

 

213,278

 

942,038

 

Executive Vice President

 

2006

 

339,346

 

35,292

 

 

422,578

 

157,198

 

952,210

 

1,906,624

 

— Specialty Businesses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Thomas C. DeCaro,

 

2007

 

335,075

 

 

 

303,469

 

131,852

 

187,266

 

957,662

 

Executive Vice President

 

2006

 

275,731

 

 

 

256,295

 

151,250

 

452,220

 

1,135,496

 

— Supply Chain

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Harvey S. Kanter,

 

2007

 

370,052

 

 

 

303,469

 

93,031

 

215,828

 

982,380

 

Executive Vice President

 

2006

 

330,529

 

 

 

317,108

 

188,573

 

534,492

 

1,370,702

 

— Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gregory A. Sandfort,

 

2007

 

348,558

 

 

 

 

 

6,863,495

 

7,212,053

 

Former President and Chief

 

2006

 

384,615

 

 

 

393,400

 

472,083

 

1,054,549

 

2,304,647

 

Operating Officer (6)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


(1)          Amounts set forth in the Stock Awards and Option Awards columns represent the aggregate amount recognized for financial statement reporting purposes with respect to the Named Executive Officers for the fiscal year indicated, disregarding the estimate of forfeitures related to service-based vesting conditions, but otherwise computed in accordance with the Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 123, as amended by SFAS No 123(R), “Share-Based Payment” (“SFAS 123(R)”), based on the assumptions set forth in Note 9 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

(2)          The amounts in this column for fiscal 2007 reflect the cash awards to the Named Executive Officers under the Fiscal Year 2007 Bonus Plan, which are discussed in further detail in the preceding section “Compensation Discussion and Analysis —Compensation Elements — Annual Bonuses.”

 

47



 

(3)          The table below reflects the fiscal 2007 components of this column.

 

 

 

Brian C.
Cornell

 

Jeffrey N.
Boyer

 

Thomas M.
Bazzone

 

Thomas C.
DeCaro

 

Harvey S.
Kanter

 

Gregory A.
Sandfort

 

Medical Benefits ($)

 

28,753

 

17,655

 

39,450

 

41,916

 

44,640

 

39,450

 

Insurance Premiums ($)

 

2,090

 

2,834

 

1,960

 

3,654

 

2,344

 

3,374

 

Company Contributions to 401(k) and Group Universal Life Plan ($)

 

 

23,276

 

 

16,088

 

17,290

 

20,981

 

Personal Use - Airpass ($)

 

5,114

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in Control and Severance Payments ($) (a)

 

 

125,000

 

171,260

 

125,000

 

145,969

 

6,782,836

(b)

Tax Reimbursement ($) (c)

 

19,402

 

3,452

 

162

 

162

 

1,976

 

1,663

 

Relocation ($)

 

19,343

 

 

 

 

 

 

Auto ($)

 

5,745

 

27,569

 

 

 

 

12,292

 

Legal Expenses ($)

 

11,894

 

5,736

 

 

 

3,163

 

899

 

Other ($) (d)

 

 

446

 

446

 

446

 

446

 

2,000

 

Total Other

 

92,341

 

205,968

 

213,278

 

187,266

 

215,828

 

6,863,495

 

 


(a)          The amounts in this row reflect the dollar amounts received by the Named Executive Officers pursuant to Change in Control Agreements entered into in April 2006 and the Change in Control Bonus Plan approved by the Board in April 2006, which were triggered by the Merger.  Such agreements included a retention bonus feature providing for the payment of guaranteed minimum bonuses not less than the amount paid for fiscal 2005 for two years following a change in control.  Pursuant to these agreements, Mr. Bazzone was paid $46,260 and Mr. Kanter was paid $20,969 because fiscal 2007 bonus payments were less than the fiscal 2005 payments.  The Change in Control Bonus Plan provided for a retention payment to be made to executive officers covered by the plan who were employed by the Company on the one-year anniversary of the change in control or were terminated prior thereto without cause. Pursuant to the plan, each covered Named Executive Officer was paid $125,000.

 

(b)         In connection with Mr. Sandfort’s separation, he received (A) change in control cash payments totaling $3,521,062, including his prorated 2007 target bonus of $208,562; (B) an additional severance cash payment of $1,000,000; (C) a company-owned vehicle valued at $93,214; (D) continuation of health and welfare benefits of $66,633: (E) a payment for life insurance premiums of $6,858; (F) a payment of $105,632 representing contributions to retirement plans calculated as 3% of the change in control cash payments; and (G) tax reimbursements totaling $1,989,437.

 

(c)          Reimbursement of income taxes is related to relocation, legal expenses, executive gifts, long-term disability insurance premiums and Company matching contributions under the Group Universal Life Plan.  Mr. Sandfort’s tax reimbursement related to his change in control and severance is included under “Change in Control and Severance Payments,” as specified in note (b) above.

 

(d)         The amounts in this column reflect for each of Messrs. Boyer, Sandfort, Bazzone, DeCaro and Kanter the cost attributable to executive gifts, and for miscellaneous gifts by Mr. Sandfort paid for by the Company.

 

(4)          Mr. Cornell became our Chief Executive Officer on June 4, 2007, and his compensation reflects a partial fiscal year.

 

(5)          Represents signing bonus provided to Mr. Cornell pursuant to his employment agreement.

 

(6)          Mr. Sandfort served as President and Chief Operating Officer until July 27, 2007, when he separated from the Company.

 

48



 

Grants of Plan-Based Awards for Fiscal 2007

 

The following table sets forth the plan-based awards granted to Named Executive Officers pursuant to Company plans during fiscal 2007.

 

49


 


 

Grants of Plan-Based Awards (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

All Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

All Other

 

Option

 

 

 

Grant

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock

 

Awards:

 

Exercise

 

Date Fair

 

 

 

Estimated Future Payouts Under

 

Awards:

 

Number of

 

or Base

 

Value of

 

 

 

Non-Equity Incentive Plan

 

Number

 

Securities

 

Price of

 

Stock and

 

 

 

Awards (2)

 

Shares of

 

Underlying

 

Option

 

Option

 

 

 

Grant

 

Threshold

 

Target

 

Maximum

 

Stock

 

Options

 

Awards

 

Awards

 

Name and Principal Position

 

Date

 

($)

 

($)

 

($)

 

(#)

 

(#)

 

($/Sh)(3)

 

($)(4)

 

Brian C. Cornell

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chief Executive Officer (5)

 

N/A

 

233,333

 

666,666

 

1,333,333

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6/4/2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

133,333

 

 

 

 

 

1,999,995

 

 

 

6/4/2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

756,989

 

15.00

 

4,302,044

 

 

 

6/4/2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

756,989

 

22.50

 

2,604,042

 

 

 

6/4/2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

189,247

 

30.00

 

474,253

 

 

 

6/4/2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

189,247

 

37.50

 

390,227

 

 

 

6/4/2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

189,247

 

45.00

 

347,647

 

 

 

6/4/2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

189,247

 

52.50

 

307,148

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Jeffrey N. Boyer,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

President and Chief Financial Officer (6)

 

N/A

 

153,125

 

437,500

 

875,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2/16/2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

510,968

 

15.00

 

2,947,008

 

 

 

2/16/2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

510,968

 

22.50

 

1,828,754

 

 

 

2/16/2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

127,742

 

30.00

 

337,622

 

 

 

2/16/2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

127,742

 

37.50

 

284,354

 

 

 

2/16/2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

127,742

 

45.00

 

260,083

 

 

 

2/16/2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

127,742

 

52.50

 

241,305

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Thomas M. Bazzone,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Executive Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

— Specialty Businesses (6)

 

N/A

 

63,271

 

180,775

 

361,550

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2/16/2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

151,398

 

15.00

 

873,188

 

 

 

2/16/2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

151,398

 

22.50

 

541,853

 

 

 

2/16/2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

37,849

 

30.00

 

100,035

 

 

 

2/16/2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

37,849

 

37.50

 

84,252

 

 

 

2/16/2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

37,849

 

45.00

 

77,061

 

 

 

2/16/2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

37,849

 

52.50

 

71,497

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Thomas C. DeCaro,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Executive Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

— Supply Chain (6)

 

N/A

 

58,638

 

167,538

 

335,075

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2/16/2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

151,398

 

15.00

 

873,188

 

 

 

2/16/2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

151,398

 

22.50

 

541,853

 

 

 

2/16/2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

37,849

 

30.00

 

100,035

 

 

 

2/16/2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

37,849

 

37.50

 

84,252

 

 

 

2/16/2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

37,849

 

45.00

 

77,061

 

 

 

2/16/2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

37,849

 

52.50

 

71,497

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Harvey S. Kanter,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Executive Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

— Managing Director(6)

 

N/A

 

64,759

 

185,026

 

370,052

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2/16/2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

151,398

 

15.00

 

873,188

 

 

 

2/16/2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

151,398

 

22.50

 

541,853

 

 

 

2/16/2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

37,849

 

30.00

 

100,035

 

 

 

2/16/2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

37,849

 

37.50

 

84,252

 

 

 

2/16/2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

37,849

 

45.00

 

77,061

 

 

 

2/16/2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

37,849

 

52.50

 

71,497

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Greg S. Sandfort,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Former President and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chief Operating Officer (7)

 

N/A

 

72,997

 

208,562

 

417,123

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2/16/2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

510,968

 

15.00

 

2,947,008

 

 

 

2/16/2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

510,968

 

22.50

 

1,828,754

 

 

 

2/16/2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

127,742

 

30.00

 

337,622

 

 

 

2/16/2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

127,742

 

37.50

 

284,354

 

 

 

2/16/2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

127,742

 

45.00

 

260,083

 

 

 

2/16/2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

127,742

 

52.50

 

241,305

 

 

 

50



 


(1)

 

All equity awards noted below were granted under the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

 

 

(2)

 

The threshold, target and maximum amounts in these columns have been provided in accordance with Item 402(d) of Regulation S-K and show the range of payouts targeted for fiscal 2007, performance under the Fiscal Year 2007 Bonus Plan as discussed in further detail in “Compensation Discussion and Analysis — Compensation Elements — Annual Bonuses.” For Mr. Cornell and Mr. Sandfort, these amounts reflect pro rated values for the partial year each executive was employed. There are no future payouts as the bonus payments for fiscal 2007 performance have already been made, as reflected in the Summary Compensation Table in the column entitled “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation.”

 

 

 

(3)

 

All grants of stock options under the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan have an exercise price equal to or greater than the fair market value of our Common Stock on the date of grant. Because the Company is a privately-held company and there is no market for our Common Stock, the fair market value of our Common Stock is determined by our Board of Directors based on available information that is material to the value of our Common Stock, including the value of the Company immediately prior to the Merger, the principal amount of the Company’s indebtedness, the Company’s actual and projected financial results, and fluctuations in the market value of publicly-traded companies in the retail industry.

 

 

 

(4)

 

The amounts in this column represent the fair value of the award on the date of the grant as calculated in accordance with SFAS No. 123(R), based on the assumptions set forth in Note 9 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements. The grant date fair value of the restricted stock is based on the fair market value per share. Because the Company’s shares are not publicly traded, the value of Mr. Cornell’s restricted shares is only available when a valuation is performed. The shares were not valued at fiscal year-end, but were valued as of March 4, 2008 at $15.00 per share.

 

 

 

(5)

 

Stock options were granted to Mr. Cornell on June 4, 2007, and vest at the rate of 20% per year on each of the first through fifth anniversaries of February 16, 2007, or earlier upon a change in control (as defined in the Stockholders Agreement). Mr. Cornell’s restricted stock awards vest 50% on June 4, 2008 and 50% on June 4, 2009.

 

 

 

(6)

 

Stock options were granted to Messrs. Boyer, Bazzone, DeCaro and Kanter on February 16, 2007, and vest at the rate of 20% per year on each of the first through fifth anniversaries of February 16, 2007, or earlier upon a change in control (as defined in the Stockholders Agreement).

 

 

 

(7)

 

Mr. Sandfort separated from the Company on July 27, 2007, and all options previously granted to him were cancelled.

 

Employment Agreement

 

Brian C. Cornell is party to an employment agreement with Michaels, pursuant to which he serves as Chief Executive Officer of Michaels.  The agreement became effective June 4, 2007, with an initial term through June 4, 2012.  Mr. Cornell’s employment will automatically be  renewed thereafter for successive terms of one year each unless earlier terminated.  The agreement provides for an annual base salary of $1,000,000, subject to increase from time to time by the Board.  Mr. Cornell is eligible for an annual bonus for each completed fiscal year during his employment, with a target amount of 100% of his base salary and a maximum bonus potential of 200% of his base salary, based on performance targets established by the Board, with the actual amount of any bonus being in the sole discretion of the Board.  As an inducement to enter into the employment agreement, in connection with the commencement of his employment Mr. Cornell was paid a signing bonus of $2,500,000 and granted 133,333 shares of restricted stock.  In addition, in connection with the commencement of his employment Mr. Cornell was granted an option to purchase 2,270,966 shares of Common Stock.  For a more detailed description of the restricted stock and options grants, see the Grants of Plan-Based Awards for Fiscal 2007 table above and “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Compensation Elements—Equity-Based Compensation.”  Mr. Cornell is also entitled to participate in benefit plans standard for Michaels’ senior executive officers, including life insurance plans.

 

 

51



 

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

 

 

 

Option Awards

 

Stock Awards

 

 

 

Number of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities

 

 

 

 

 

Number of

 

Market Value

 

 

 

Underlying

 

 

 

 

 

Shares or

 

of Shares or

 

 

 

Unexercised

 

Option

 

Option

 

Units of Stock

 

Units of Stock

 

 

 

Options

 

Exercise

 

Expiration

 

That Have

 

That Have

 

Name and Principal Position

 

Unexercisable

 

Price ($)

 

Date

 

Not Vested

 

Not Vested ($)

 

Brian C. Cornell

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chief Executive Officer (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

133,333

 

1,999,995

(1)

 

 

756,989

 

15.00

 

6/3/2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

756,989

 

22.50

 

6/3/2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

189,247

 

30.00

 

6/3/2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

189,247

 

37.50

 

6/3/2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

189,247

 

45.00

 

6/3/2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

189,247

 

52.50

 

6/3/2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Jeffrey N. Boyer,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

President and Chief

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

Financial Officer (2)

 

510,968

 

15.00

 

2/15/2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

510,968

 

22.50

 

2/15/2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

127,742

 

30.00

 

2/15/2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

127,742

 

37.50

 

2/15/2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

127,742

 

45.00

 

2/15/2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

127,742

 

52.50

 

2/15/2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Thomas M. Bazzone,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Executive Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

— Specialty Businesses (2)

 

151,398

 

15.00

 

2/15/2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

151,398

 

22.50

 

2/15/2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

37,849

 

30.00

 

2/15/2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

37,849

 

37.50

 

2/15/2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

37,849

 

45.00

 

2/15/2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

37,849

 

52.50

 

2/15/2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Thomas C. DeCaro,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Executive Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

— Supply Chain (2)

 

151,398

 

15.00

 

2/15/2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

151,398

 

22.50

 

2/15/2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

37,849

 

30.00

 

2/15/2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

37,849

 

37.50

 

2/15/2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

37,849

 

45.00

 

2/15/2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

37,849

 

52.50

 

2/15/2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Harvey S. Kanter,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Executive Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

— Chief Merchant (2)

 

151,398

 

15.00

 

2/15/2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

151,398

 

22.50

 

2/15/2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

37,849

 

30.00

 

2/15/2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

37,849

 

37.50

 

2/15/2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

37,849

 

45.00

 

2/15/2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

37,849

 

52.50

 

2/15/2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gregory A. Sandfort,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Former President and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chief Operating Officer (3)

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

 

 

52



 


(1)

 

Stock options were granted to Mr. Cornell on June 4, 2007, and vest at the rate of 20% per year on each of the first through fifth anniversaries of February 16, 2007, or earlier upon a change in control (as defined in the Stockholders Agreement). Mr. Cornell’s restricted stock awards vest 50% on June 4, 2008 and 50% on June 4, 2009. Because the Company’s shares are not publicly traded, the value of Mr. Cornell’s restricted shares is only available when a valuation is performed. The shares were not valued at fiscal year-end, but were valued as of March 4, 2008 at $15.00 per share.

 

 

 

(2)

 

Stock options were granted to Messrs. Boyer, Bazzone, DeCaro and Kanter on February 16, 2007, and vest at the rate of 20% per year on each of the first through fifth anniversaries of February 16, 2007, or earlier upon a change in control (as defined in the Stockholders Agreement).

 

 

 

(3)

 

Mr. Sandfort separated from the Company on July 27, 2007, and all options previously granted to him were cancelled.

 

Option Exercises and Stock Vested for Fiscal 2007

 

As reflected in the table above, “Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End,” Messrs. Boyer, Bazzone, DeCaro and Kanter were granted stock options on February 16, 2007, and  Mr. Cornell was granted both stock options and restricted stock when he joined the Company on June 4, 2007.  None of the stock options or restricted shares vested during fiscal 2007 and no stock options were exercised during the fiscal year.

 

Pension Benefits

 

The Company has no pension plans.

 

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation for Fiscal 2007

 

The Company has no nonqualified deferred compensation plans.

 

Potential Payments Upon Termination Or Change In Control

 

The rights to payments upon termination or change in control of each of the Named Executive Officers is governed by agreements between such officer and the Company.  Mr. Cornell’s employment contract, which commenced June 4, 2007, specifies certain benefits that are payable to him in the event of termination.  Messrs. Boyer, Bazzone, DeCaro, and Kanter have Change in Control Agreements entered into on April 26, 2006, which specify benefits upon termination on or prior to October 31, 2008 (the second anniversary of the Merger).  Mr. Sandfort was a party to a Change in Control Agreement and separated from the Company on July 27, 2007.

 

Rights and Potential Payments on Termination for Cause, Death, Disability and Voluntary Resignation

 

Cause. Each of the respective agreements provides that no payments or benefits are due to the Named Executive Officer in the event of a termination for cause except amounts accrued and payable to such executive through the termination date.

 

Death.  In the event that a termination results from the death of an officer, each Named Executive Officer is provided a life insurance policy by the Company with a $1 million benefit, which would be payable to the officer’s beneficiaries.  In addition, Mr. Cornell’s restricted stock (133,333 shares) would vest, and had an estimated value of $1,999,995 as of March 4, 2008.

 

Disability. In the event a Named Executive Officer becomes disabled, which causes his termination, the Company provides an executive long-term disability policy for the benefit of such executives which would provide disability benefits after 90 days in the amount of 67% of monthly compensation up to $20,000 per month.  This benefit generally continues until the disability is resolved or age 65.  Mr. Cornell’s employment agreement further provides that he would be paid his full salary for the 90 days prior to the commencement of disability benefits, which equates to $246,575 (based on his fiscal 2007 base salary).  In addition, Mr. Cornell’s restricted stock would vest and had an estimated value of $1,999,995 as of March 4, 2008.

 

 

53



 

Voluntary Resignation.  In the event of a voluntary resignation of any of the Named Executive Officers, there are no payments or benefits that continue beyond what is accrued and payable through the termination date.  Mr. Cornell’s agreement states that he is required to give the Company 60 days prior written notice of resignation and the Company may, at its election, choose to pay Mr. Cornell in lieu of notice, which equates to $164,383 (based on his fiscal 2007 base salary).

 

Rights and Potential Payments Upon a Change in Control or Termination Without Cause or With Good Reason

 

Prior to the Merger, Michaels entered into Change in Control Agreements with Messrs. Boyer, Bazzone, DeCaro, Kanter and Sandfort into on April 26, 2006.  Under the Change in Control Agreements, because a change in control (as defined in the Change in Control Agreements) occurred on October 31, 2006 as a result of the Merger, the executive became immediately entitled to the following benefits:

 

·                  Accelerated vesting of all equity-based compensation awards;

 

·                  Continued employment with Michaels in an equivalent position for two years following the change in control, unless earlier terminated;

 

·                  Base compensation, cash bonus awards, long-term incentive opportunities and retirement, welfare and fringe benefits for two years following the change in control (unless earlier terminated) at levels at least equal to the compensation and benefits received by the executive immediately prior to the change in control; and

 

·                  Comprehensive officer liability insurance coverage and continued indemnification rights.

 

Executives who are party to a Change in Control Agreement are also entitled to severance benefits if the executive’s employment is terminated under certain circumstances after a change in control.  Under the Change in Control Agreements, the Merger constituted a change in control, and an executive is entitled to those severance benefits if, during the two-year period after October 31, 2006, the executive is terminated without cause (termination with cause includes conviction of a felony involving moral turpitude or misappropriation of assets, fraud or willful misconduct that is materially detrimental to the Company, and willful and continued failure to perform the executive’s duties) or resigns for good reason (which includes significant changes in an executive’s duties, responsibilities or reporting relationships, failure to provide equivalent compensation and benefits and being required to relocate 50 or more miles).  If terminated or separated from Michaels under those circumstances, the executive would be entitled to the following additional benefits under the Change in Control Agreement:

 

·                  a lump-sum cash severance payment equal to two times (three times for our then co-Presidents) the sum of (i) the executive’s base salary in effect on the date of termination and (ii) the greater of the average annual incentive award for the previous three fiscal years and the target annual bonus for the year of termination;

 

·                  a prorated target annual bonus for the year of termination;

 

·                  the continuation of welfare and fringe benefits for two years (three years for our then co-Presidents) after termination of employment;

 

·                  the accelerated vesting of all equity-based compensation awards and the termination of any restrictions and forfeiture provisions related to such awards, except for stock options granted under the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan through the date of this filing;

 

·                  two additional years (three additional years for our then co-Presidents) of service credit (or payment in lien) for purposes of computing the executive’s accrued benefits under our Retirement Plans; and

 

·                  reimbursement for the cost of executive level outplacement services (subject to a $50,000 ceiling).

 

In order to obtain severance benefits under a Change in Control Agreement, an executive must first execute a separation agreement with Michaels that includes a waiver and release of any and all claims against Michaels and a commitment that,

 

 

54



 

for one year following termination, the executive will not solicit or hire any employee of Michaels or its subsidiaries and will not interfere with any relationship between Michaels and its employees, customers or suppliers.  In addition to the foregoing, in accordance with the Change in Control Agreements, Michaels will make certain tax “gross-up” payments to address taxes, interest and penalties that may be imposed under applicable tax laws in connection with golden parachute payments and will reimburse the executive for certain legal fees and related expenses.

 

Michaels also adopted in April 2006, a change in control bonus plan, referred to as the Change in Control Bonus Plan, in which Messrs. Boyer, Bazzone, DeCaro, Kanter and Sandfort, and certain other key employees participated.  Under the Change in Control Bonus Plan, because a change in control occurred prior to December 31, 2007, each executive officer that was still employed on October 31, 2007, or had been terminated prior thereto other for cause, was entitled to receive a $125,000 bonus on such date (the one-year anniversary of the Merger) or within 10 business days of such termination not for cause.  These payments were made in fiscal 2007 and are reflected in the Summary Compensation Table under the heading “All Other Compensation.”

 

Mr. Cornell joined the Company on June 4, 2007, and was not a party to a Change in Control Agreement.  However, Mr. Cornell has an employment agreement that provides benefits to him in the event of a termination of his employment without cause or by him for good reason.  In either circumstance, for the two-year period following the date of termination he would be entitled to receive a severance benefit equal to (i) his base salary at the rate in effect on the date of termination, (ii) the amount of his annual target bonus for the year of termination and (iii) continued medical benefits.  These benefits are contingent on Mr. Cornell signing and returning to the Company a timely and effective release of claims in the form provided by the Company.  The severance pay is payable on a pro-rated basis at the Company’s regular payroll periods and in accordance with its normal payroll practices.

 

Pursuant to Mr. Cornell’s agreement, “cause” shall mean the following events or conditions, as determined by the Board in its reasonable judgment:  (i) the refusal or failure to perform (other than by reason of disability), or material negligence in the performance of, his duties and responsibilities to the Company or any of its Affiliates (as defined in Mr. Cornell’s agreement), or refusal or failure to follow or carry out any reasonable direction of the Board, and the continuance of such refusal, failure or negligence for a period of 10 days after notice; (ii) the material breach of any provision of any material agreement between Mr. Cornell and the Company or any of its Affiliates; (iii) fraud, embezzlement, theft or other dishonesty with respect to the Company or any of its Affiliates; (iv) the conviction of, or plea of nolo contendere to any felony or any other crime involving dishonesty or moral turpitude; and (v) any other conduct that involves a breach of fiduciary obligation.

 

The term “good reason” is defined as (i) removal without Mr. Cornell’s consent from the position of Chief Executive Officer, (ii) a material diminution in the nature or scope of his responsibilities, duties or authority which is not cured within a specified notice period but provided however that the Company’s failure to continue Mr. Cornell’s appointment or election as a director or officer of any of its Affiliates, a change in reporting relationships resulting from the direct or indirect control of the Company (or successor corporation) by another corporation or other entity and any diminution of the business of the Company or any of its Affiliates or any sale or transfer of equity, property or other assets of the Company or any of its Affiliates  shall not constitute “good reason;” or (iii) the material failure of the Company to provide him the base salary and benefits in accordance with the terms of the agreement, excluding an inadvertent failure which is cured within a specified notice period.

 

In addition to an employment agreement, Mr. Cornell entered agreements providing for his restricted stock grant and his stock option grant.  These agreements provide that in the event of a change in control, Mr. Cornell’s restricted stock and stock options immediately vest.  Additionally, the other Named Executive Officers have entered Stock Option Agreements that provide for vesting upon a change in control.  However, had a change of control occurred on the last day of the prior fiscal year, although vested, the stock options would have had no value because the lowest exercise price of $15.00 per share is equal to the current stock price valuation of $15.00 per share.

 

Mr. Cornell is subject to confidentiality covenants.  In addition, Mr. Cornell is subject to non-competition and non-solicitations restrictions for a period of two years following termination.  The employment agreement provides no change in control severance benefits.

 

The table below reflects the amount of compensation payable under Mr. Cornell’s employment agreement (including his Stock Option Agreement and Restricted Stock Agreement) and under the Change in Control Agreements described above to each of the Named Executive Officers other than Mr. Cornell as of the end of fiscal 2007 in the event of involuntary termination without cause or resignation for good reason.  The amounts shown, except for Mr. Boyer and Mr. Sandfort,

 

 

55



 

assume that such termination was effective as of the last day of the prior fiscal year, February 2, 2008.  For Mr. Boyer, the amounts shown are the actual amounts expected to be paid to (or the value of continuing benefits for) Mr. Boyer following his announced departure date of April 4, 2008. For Mr. Sandfort, the amounts shown are the actual amounts he was paid, or credited for, as a result of his separation on July 27, 2007.  The actual amounts, or value, to be paid to the other Named Executive Officers can only be determined at the time of such executive’s separation from the Company.

 

 

56


 


 

 

 

Executive Payments and Benefits
upon Termination Without Cause
or by Executive with Good Reason ($)

 

Brian C. Cornell

 

 

 

Salary

 

2,000,000

 

Bonus

 

2,000,000

 

Restricted Stock

 

1,999,995

(1)

Retirement Benefits

 

 

Welfare Benefits (2)

 

57,506

 

Automobile

 

 

Outplacement

 

 

Tax Reimbursements

 

 

Total

 

6,057,501

 

 

 

 

 

Jeffrey N. Boyer

 

 

 

Salary

 

1,921,876

 

Bonus

 

1,421,486

(3)

Retirement Benefits (4)

 

100,301

 

Welfare Benefits (5)

 

61,464

 

Automobile

 

79,200

 

Tax Reimbursements

 

1,432,879

 

Total

 

5,017,206

 

 

 

 

 

Thomas M. Bazzone

 

 

 

Salary

 

723,100

 

Bonus

 

361,550

 

Retirement Benefits (4)

 

32,540

 

Welfare Benefits (5)

 

82,818

 

Outplacement

 

50,000

 

Tax Reimbursements

 

533,453

 

Total

 

1,783,461

 

 

 

 

 

Thomas C. DeCaro

 

 

 

Salary

 

670,150

 

Bonus

 

335,075

 

Retirement Benefits (4)

 

30,157

 

Welfare Benefits (5)

 

91,139

 

Outplacement

 

50,000

 

Tax Reimbursements

 

 

Total

 

1,176,521

 

 

 

 

 

Harvey S. Kanter

 

 

 

Salary

 

740,103

 

Bonus

 

370,052

 

Retirement Benefits (4)

 

33,305

 

Welfare Benefits (5)

 

93,966

 

Outplacement

 

50,000

 

Tax Reimbursements

 

 

Total

 

1,287,426

 

 

 

 

 

Gregory A. Sandfort

 

 

 

Salary

 

1,875,000

 

Bonus

 

1,646,062

(6)

Additional Severance

 

1,000,000

 

Retirement Benefits (4)

 

105,632

 

Welfare Benefits

 

73,491

 

Automobile

 

93,214

 

Tax Reimbursements

 

1,989,437

 

Total

 

6,782,836

 

 

57



 


(1)         Because the Company’s shares are not publicly traded, the value of Mr. Cornell’s restricted shares is only available when a valuation is performed.  The shares were not valued at fiscal year-end, but were valued as of March 4, 2008 at $15.00 per share

 

(2)         Represents estimated cost of two years of continued medical and dental coverage.

 

(3)         Includes $76,173 for prorated fiscal 2008 bonus.

 

(4)            Calculated as 3% of total payment of base salary and bonus payments for Company matching contribution to retirement plans.

 

(5)            Represents the cost associated with three years of benefits for Mr. Boyer and two years of benefits for Messrs. Bazzone, DeCaro and Kanter including medical, long-term disability, life insurance, and executive and spouse physicals.

 

(6)    Includes prorated fiscal 2007 target bonus in the amount of $208,562 and $125,000 change in control retention bonus.

 

Share Repurchase Rights

 

Under the Stockholders Agreement, upon any termination of a Named Executive Officer’s employment by reason of the executive’s death or disability, the executive has the option to sell to the Company all or any portion of the shares of the Common Stock owned by the Named Executive Officer within 60 days after the date of termination, at the fair market value of the shares as of the date they are repurchased. If the employment of any Named Executive Officer had been terminated by death or disability on the last day of the prior fiscal year (February 2, 2008), he or his estate could have exercised this put option with respect to the number of shares set forth in the following table at the fair market value of the shares. Assuming at the date of repurchase the fair market value was $15.00 per share, pursuant to the March 4, 2008 valuation of such shares, the Named Executive Officer (or his estate) would have received the amount indicated in the table for his shares.

 

Name

 

Number of
Repurchased
Shares

 

Purchase
Amount ($)

 

Brian C. Cornell

 

266,667

 

4,000,005

 

Jeffrey N. Boyer

 

66,667

 

1,000,005

 

Thomas M. Bazzone

 

 

 

Thomas C. DeCaro

 

26,667

 

400,005

 

Harvey S. Kanter

 

20,000

 

300,000

 

Gregory A. Sandfort (1)

 

44,000

 

660,000

 


 

(1)         The amount set forth for Mr. Sandfort is the actual amount he was paid for his shares upon separation from the Company on July 27, 2007.

 

Upon termination of a Named Executive Officer’s employment for any reason, the Company has the option to purchase all or any portion of the executive’s shares that were originally purchased from the Company, at the fair market value of the shares.  If the Company elects to purchase the executive’s shares, it must deliver notice to the executive no later than 240 days after (but not before the date that is one day after the six-month anniversary of) the later of (i) the date of termination or (ii) the exercise of any option originally granted to the executive or the date upon which any unvested shares granted to the executive become vested shares.  With respect to those shares issued to a Named Executive Officer directly or indirectly pursuant to an incentive plan, the Company may purchase all or any portion of the executive’s shares at the fair market value of the shares (upon delivery of the notice as described in the immediately preceding sentence), if the executive’s employment is terminated due to death, disability, by the Company without cause or by the executive for good reason (or in circumstances in which the Company would have no grounds to terminate the executive for cause). If the Named Executive Officer’s employment is terminated by the Company for cause, the Company may purchase all or any portion of the executive’s shares at the lesser of the cost or the fair market value of the shares.

 

58



 

Director Compensation for Fiscal 2007

 

The current directors are not paid any fees for services as directors and they do not receive reimbursement for their expenses.

 

ITEM 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.

 

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS AND MANAGEMENT OWNERSHIP

 

The following table presents information regarding the number of shares of Michaels Common Stock beneficially owned as of March 31, 2008 (unless otherwise indicated) by each of Michaels’ directors and the Named Executive Officers (as defined in “Item 11. Executive Compensation — Compensation Discussion and Analysis — Executive and Director Compensation — Summary Compensation Table”), and the current directors and executive officers of Michaels as a group.  In addition, the table presents information about each person or entity known to Michaels to beneficially own 5% or more of Michaels Common Stock.  Unless otherwise indicated by footnote, the beneficial owner exercises sole voting and investment power over the shares noted below.  The percentage of beneficial ownership for our directors and executive officers, both individually and as a group, is calculated based on 118,554,402 shares of Michaels Common Stock outstanding as of March 31, 2008. Other than beneficial ownership information relating to the Company’s executive officers, the beneficial ownership information set forth below was provided by or on behalf of our Directors, our Sponsors, and Highfields, and the Company has not independently verified the accuracy or completeness of the information so provided.

 

 

 

Amount and

 

 

 

 

 

Nature of

 

 

 

 

 

Beneficial

 

Percent

 

Name of Beneficial Owner

 

Ownership (1)

 

of Class (1)

 

Josh Bekenstein (2)

 

 

*

 

Michael S. Chae (3)

 

 

*

 

Todd Cook (2)

 

 

*

 

Matthew Kabaker (3)

 

 

*

 

Lewis Klessel (2)

 

 

*

 

Matthew S. Levin (2)

 

 

*

 

David McVeigh (3)

 

 

*

 

James A. Quella (3)

 

 

*

 

Brian C. Cornell

 

720,860

(4)

*

 

Jeffrey N. Boyer

 

373,248

(5)

*

 

Thomas M. Bazzone

 

90,838

(6)

*

 

Thomas C. DeCaro

 

117,505

(6)

*

 

Harvey S. Kanter

 

110,838

(6)

*

 

Gregory A. Sandfort

 

(7)

*

 

Michaels Holdings LLC (2) (3)

 

110,373,482

 

93.3%

 

Bain Capital Investors, LLC and related funds (2)

 

110,373,482

 

93.3%

 

Affiliates of The Blackstone Group, L.P. (3)

 

110,373,482

 

93.3%

 

Highfields Capital Management, L.P. and related funds (8)

 

7,333,250

 

6.2%

 

All current directors and executive officers as a group (14 persons)

 

1,441,331

(9)

1.2%

 

 


*                    Less than one percent.

 

(1)            Pursuant to Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, a person has beneficial ownership of any securities as to which such person, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, undertaking, relationship or otherwise has or shares voting power and/or investment power or as to which such person has the right to acquire such voting and/or investment power within 60 days.  Percentage of beneficial ownership by a person as of a particular date is calculated by dividing the number of shares beneficially owned by such person by the sum of the number of shares outstanding as of such date and the number of unissued shares as to which such person has the right to acquire voting and/or investment power within 60 days.  Unless otherwise indicated, the number of shares shown includes outstanding shares of Common Stock owned as of March 31, 2008 by the person indicated.

 

59



 

(2)            Includes the 110,373,482 shares owned by Michaels Holdings LLC over which Bain Capital Investors, LLC and related funds may be deemed, as a result of their ownership of 50% of Michaels Holdings LLC’s total outstanding shares and certain provisions of Michaels Holdings LLC’s operating agreement, to have shared voting and dispositive power.  Bain CapitalInvestors, LLC (“BCI”) is the administrative member of and makes investment and voting decisions on behalf of Bain Capital Integral Investors 2006, LLC.  Investment and voting decisions by BCI are made jointly by three or more individuals who are managing directors of the entity, and therefore no individual managing director of BCI is the beneficial owner of the shares ultimately of Michaels Common Stock directly owned by Michaels Holdings LLC. Messrs. Bekenstein and Levin are Managing Directors and Members of BCI, and they may therefore be deemed to share voting and dispositive power with respect to all the shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by Bain Capital Integral Investors 2006, LLC.  Messrs. Bekenstein and Levin disclaim beneficial ownership of any shares beneficially owned by BCI. Neither Mr. Cook nor Mr. Klessel has voting or dispositive power over any shares of Common Stock that may be deemed to be beneficially owned by BCI.  The address of Messrs. Bekenstein and Levin, and each of the Bain entities is c/o Bain Capital Partners, LLC, 111 Huntington Avenue, Boston, Massachusetts 02199.

 

(3)            Includes the 110,373,482 shares owned by Michaels Holdings LLC over which affiliates of The Blackstone Group L.P. may be deemed, as a result of their ownership of 50% of Michaels Holdings LLC’s total outstanding shares and certain provisions of Michaels Holdings LLC’s operating agreement, to have shared voting and dispositive power.  Affiliates of The Blackstone Group L.P. include Blackstone Capital Partners V L.P., BCP V-S L.P., Blackstone Family Investment Partnership V L.P., Blackstone Family Investment Partnership V-A L.P., Blackstone Participation Partnership V L.P. and BCP V Co-Investors L.P. (collectively, the “Blackstone Funds”).    Blackstone Management Associates V L.L.C. (“BMA V”) is the general partner of each of the Blackstone Funds.  BMA V L.L.C. (“BMA”) is the sole member of BMA V, and may, therefore, be deemed to have shared voting and investment power over the shares.   Investment and voting decisions by BMA are made jointly by three or more individuals who are managing directors, and therefore no individual managing director of BMA is the beneficial owner of the shares of Michaels Common Stock directly owned by Michaels Holdings LLC. Messrs. Chae and Quella are members of BMA, and they may therefore be deemed to share voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares. Messrs. Chae and Quella disclaim any beneficial ownership of any shares beneficially owned by BMA.  Neither Mr. Kabaker nor Mr. McVeigh has voting or dispositive power over any shares of Common Stock that may be deemed to be beneficially owned by Blackstone.  The address of Messrs. Chae and Quella, and each of the Blackstone entities is c/o The Blackstone Group, L.P., 345 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10154.

 

(4)            Includes 454,193 stock options that vested on February 16, 2008.

 

(5)            Includes 306,581 stock options that vested on February 16, 2008.

 

(6)            Includes 90,838 stock options that vested on February 16, 2008.

 

(7)            Mr. Sandfort separated from the Company on July 27, 2007.

 

(8)            The address of Highfields Capital Management, LP and its related funds is 200 Clarendon Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02116.

 

(9)            Consistent with the disclaimers of beneficial ownership of Messrs. Bekenstein, Levin, Chae and Quella contained in notes (2) and (3) above, this number does not include the 110,373,482 shares of Michaels Common Stock that may be deemed to be beneficially owned by each of (a) Bain Capital Investors, LLC and related funds and (b) Affiliates of The Blackstone Group.  The total includes 1,055,997 vested options held by executive officers of the Company.

 

 

60



 

EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN INFORMATION

 

On February 15, 2007, the Board of Directors and stockholders approved the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan, as well as certain specific grants under the plan to key employees.  In addition, the stockholders granted the Board authority to make plan grants to other eligible participants in the future, which has occurred.  The following table gives information about equity awards under the above-mentioned plan as of March 31, 2008.

 

Plan Category

 

Number of
securities to be
issued upon
exercise of
outstanding
options,
warrants and
rights
(a)

 

Weighted-
average exercise
price of
outstanding
options,
warrants and
rights
(b)

 

Number of securities
remaining available
for future issuance
under equity
compensation plans
(excluding securities
reflected in column
(a))
(c)

 

Equity Compensation plans approved by security holders

 

14,156,966

 

$

26.25

 

2,566,647

 

Equity compensation not approved by security holders

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

Total

 

14,156,966

 

$

26.25

 

2,566,647

 

 

ITEM 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

 

We pay an annual management fee to the Sponsors in the amount of $12 million and an annual management fee to Highfields Capital Management LP in the amount of $1 million.

We have a participation agreement with CoreTrust Purchasing Group (“CPG”), which designates CPG as our exclusive supplier of certain non-merchandise supplies and equipment. In exchange, we are offered non-merchandise supplies and equipment from a variety of vendors at a pre-determined price. We do not pay any fees to participate in this group arrangement, and we can terminate our participation at any time prior to the expiration of the agreement without penalty. The vendors separately pay fees to CPG for access to CPG’s consortium of customers. The Blackstone Group, one of our Sponsors, entered into an agreement with CPG whereby The Blackstone Group receives a portion of the gross fees vendors pay to CPG based on the volume of purchases made by us and other participants.

Bain Capital owns an approximate 55% ownership stake in an external vendor we utilize to print our circular advertisements.  Expenses associated with this vendor during fiscal 2007 were $46 million.  We currently anticipate that our payments to this vendor in fiscal 2008 will be commensurate with those in fiscal 2007.

During the first quarter of fiscal 2007, The Blackstone Group acquired an approximate 65% equity interest in an external vendor we utilize to count our store inventory. Expenses associated with this vendor during fiscal 2007 were $5 million.  We currently anticipate that our payments to this vendor in fiscal 2008 will be commensurate with those in fiscal 2007.

 

During the third quarter of fiscal 2007, Bain Capital acquired an approximate 26% ownership stake in an external vendor we utilize for non-merchandise supplies.  Expenses associated with this vendor during fiscal 2007 were approximately $3 million.  We currently anticipate that our payments to this vendor in fiscal 2008 will be commensurate with those in fiscal 2007.

During fiscal 2007, officers of Michaels Stores, Inc. and its subsidiaries were offered the opportunity to purchase shares of our Common Stock at a price of $15 per share. We sold 541,006 shares of our Common Stock to certain officers for approximately $8 million, and such shares represent approximately 0.46% of the total outstanding shares of Michaels Stores, Inc.  Set forth in the table below is information regarding purchases of shares of our Common Stock by the executive officers who participated.

Executive Officer

 

Shares (#)

 

Total Amount ($)

 

Brian C. Cornell

 

133,334

 

2,000,000

 

Jeffrey N. Boyer

 

66,667

 

1,000,000

 

Nicholas E. Crombie

 

5,333

 

80,000

 

Thomas C. DeCaro

 

26,667

 

400,000

 

Harvey S. Kanter

 

20,000

 

300,000

 

Gregory A. Sandfort (1)

 

44,000

 

660,000

 


(1)            Shares were repurchased by the Company upon Mr. Sandfort’s separation in an amount equal to the purchase price.

 

The Company has not adopted any formal policies or procedures for the review, approval or ratification of certain related-party transactions that may be required to be reported under the SEC disclosure rules.  Such transactions, if and when they are proposed or have occurred, have traditionally been (and will continue to be) reviewed by our Board (other than the directors involved, if any) on a case-by-case basis.  The Board may consider any relevant factors when reviewing the appropriateness of a related-party transaction, including (i) the importance of the transaction to the Company, (ii) the amount involved in the proposed transaction, (iii) the specific interest of the director or executive officer (or immediate family members of same) in the proposed transaction, and (iv) the overall fairness of the terms of the transaction to the Company.

As discussed in Item 10 above, no current director of our Board is deemed to be “independent” under our previously adopted independence standards.  See “Item 10.  Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant.”

 

61



 

ITEM 14.  Principal Accountant Fees and Services.

 

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM’S FEES

 

The following table presents fees for professional audit services rendered by Ernst & Young LLP for the audit of Michaels’ annual financial statements for each of fiscal 2007 and 2006, and fees billed for other services rendered by Ernst & Young LLP (in thousands).

 

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

Audit Fees (1)

 

$

1,258

 

$

1,687

 

Audit-Related Fees (2)

 

45

 

80

 

Tax Fees

 

 

 

All Other Fees (3)

 

 

29

 


(1)            Audit Fees consist principally of fees for the audit of our annual financial statements and review of our financial statements included in our quarterly reports on Form 10-Q for those years, audit services provided in connection with compliance with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, and fees incurred in connection with the filing of registration statements with the SEC.

 

(2)            Audit-Related Fees for fiscal 2007 and fiscal 2006 consist principally of fees related to employee benefit plans and statutory audits.

 

(3)    All Other Fees for fiscal 2006 consist principally of due diligence activities associated with the Merger and fees for online research software.

 

The Audit Committee Charter requires that the Audit Committee pre-approve all audit and non-audit engagements, fees, terms and services in a manner consistent with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and all rules and applicable listing standards promulgated by the SEC, except that such non-audit services need not be pre-approved if (i) the aggregate amount of all such non-audit services provided to Michaels constitutes not more than 5% of the total amount of fees paid by Michaels to its independent registered public accounting firm during the fiscal year in which the non-audit services are provided, (ii) such services were not recognized by Michaels at the time of engagement to be non-audit services, and (iii) such services were promptly brought to the attention of the Audit Committee and approved by the Audit Committee prior to completion of the audit.  The Audit Committee Charter permits the Audit Committee, at the time of the annual audit engagement, to pre-approve audit fees of up to 15% of the engagement fees for unanticipated additional audit costs within the scope of the audit. Any additional audit fees must be approved by the Chairman of the Audit Committee or any other member of the Audit Committee to whom the Audit Committee delegates such authority. The Audit Committee may delegate the authority to grant any pre-approvals to one or more members of the Audit Committee, provided that such member(s) reports any pre-approvals to the Audit Committee at its next scheduled meeting.  The services performed by Ernst & Young LLP in fiscal 2007 were approved in accordance with the policies and procedures established by the Audit Committee.

 

62



 

PART IV

 

ITEM 15.  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

 

a) The following documents are filed as a part of this report:

 

(1)      Consolidated Financial Statements:

 

See Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data on page F-1.

 

(2)      Exhibits:

 

The exhibits listed below and on the accompanying Index to Exhibits immediately following the financial statement schedules are filed or incorporated by reference into this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

Exhibit
Number

 

Description of Exhibit

2.1

 

Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of June 30, 2006, among Bain Paste Mergerco, Inc., Blackstone Paste Mergerco, Inc., Bain Paste Finco, LLC, Blackstone Paste Finco, LLC and Michaels Stores, Inc. (previously filed as Exhibit 2.1 to Form 8-K filed by Registrant on July 6, 2006, SEC File No. 001-09338).

 

 

 

2.2

 

First Amendment to Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of September 1, 2006, among Bain Paste Mergerco, Inc., Blackstone Paste Mergerco, Inc., Bain Paste Finco, LLC, Blackstone Paste Finco, LLC and Michaels Stores, Inc. (previously filed as Exhibit 2.1 to Form 8-K filed by Registrant on September 5, 2006, SEC File No. 001-09338).

 

 

 

3.1

 

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Michaels Stores, Inc. (previously filed as Exhibit 3.1 to Form 10-K filed by Registrant on May 3, 2007, SEC File No. 001-09338).

 

 

 

3.2

 

Amended and Restated Bylaws of Michaels Stores, Inc. (previously filed as Exhibit 3.2 to Form 8-K filed by Registrant on November 6, 2006, SEC File No. 001-09338).

 

 

 

4.1

 

Senior Indenture, dated as of October 31, 2006, among Michaels Stores, Inc., the guarantors named therein and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (previously filed as Exhibit 4.1 to Form 10-Q filed by Registrant on December 7, 2006, SEC File No. 001-09338).

 

 

 

4.2

 

Senior Subordinated Indenture, dated as of October 31, 2006, among Michaels Stores, Inc., the guarantors named therein and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (previously filed as Exhibit 4.2 to Form 10-Q filed by Registrant on December 7, 2006, SEC File No. 001-09338).

 

 

 

4.3

 

Subordinated Discount Indenture, dated as of October 31, 2006, among Michaels Stores, Inc., the guarantors named therein and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (previously filed as Exhibit 4.3 to Form 10-Q filed by Registrant on December 7, 2006, SEC File No. 001-09338).

 

 

 

4.4

 

Registration Rights Agreement for the Senior Notes, dated as of October 31, 2006, among Michaels Stores, Inc., the guarantors named therein and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Banc of America Securities LLC and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC (previously filed as Exhibit 4.4 to Form 10-Q filed by Registrant on December 7, 2006, SEC File No. 001-09338).

 

63



 

4.5

 

Registration Rights Agreement for the Senior Subordinated Notes, dated as of October 31, 2006, among Michaels Stores, Inc., the guarantors named therein and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Banc of America Securities LLC and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC (previously filed as Exhibit 4.5 to Form 10-Q filed by Registrant on December 7, 2006, SEC File No. 001-09338).

 

 

 

4.6

 

Registration Rights Agreement for the Subordinated Discount Notes, dated as of October 31, 2006, among Michaels Stores, Inc., the guarantors named therein and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Banc of America Securities LLC and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC (previously filed as Exhibit 4.6 to Form 10-Q filed by Registrant on December 7, 2006, SEC File No. 001-09338).

 

 

 

4.7

 

Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October 31, 2006, among Michaels Stores, Inc. and certain stockholders thereof (previously filed as Exhibit 4.7 to Form 10-Q filed by Registrant on December 7, 2006, SEC File No. 001-09338).

 

 

 

10.1

 

Michaels Stores, Inc. 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K filed by Registrant on February 21, 2007, SEC File No. 001-09338).*

 

 

 

10.2

 

Form of Stock Option Agreement under the Registrant’s 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K filed by Registrant on February 21, 2007, SEC File No. 001-09338).*

 

 

 

10.3

 

Form of Change in Control Severance Agreement (previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Form 10-Q filed by Registrant on June 13, 2006, SEC File No. 001-09338).*

 

 

 

10.4

 

Form of Change in Control Retention Bonus Plan (previously filed as Exhibit 10.3 to Form 10-Q filed by Registrant on June 13, 2006, SEC File No. 001-09338).*

 

 

 

10.5

 

Fiscal Year 2007 Bonus Plan for Chief Executive Officer (previously filed as Exhibit 10.3 to Form 10-Q filed by Registrant on June 11, 2007, SEC File No. 001-09338).*

 

 

 

10.6

 

Fiscal Year 2007 Bonus Plan for President and Chief Financial Officer (previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K filed by Registrant on March 30, 2007, SEC File No. 001-09338).*

 

 

 

10.7

 

Fiscal Year 2007 Bonus Plan for President and Chief Operating Officer (previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Form 8-K filed by Registrant on March 30, 2007, SEC File No. 001-09338).*

 

 

 

10.8

 

Fiscal Year 2007 Bonus Plan for Executive Vice President—Specialty Businesses (previously filed as Exhibit 10.3 to Form 8-K filed by Registrant on March 30, 2007, SEC File No. 001-09338).*

 

 

 

10.9

 

Fiscal Year 2007 Bonus Plan for Executive Vice President—Store Operations (previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K filed by Registrant on May 30, 2007, SEC File No. 001-09338).*

 

 

 

10.10

 

Fiscal Year 2007 Bonus Plan, as amended, for Executive Vice President—Supply Chain (previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Form 8-K filed by Registrant on May 30, 2007, SEC File No. 001-09338).*

 

 

 

10.11

 

Fiscal Year 2007 Bonus Plan, as amended, for Executive Vice President—Chief Merchant (previously filed as Exhibit 10.3 to Form 8-K filed by Registrant on May 30, 2007, SEC File No. 001-09338).*

 

 

 

10.12

 

Compensation Policy Regarding Company Cars for Chief Executive Officer and President and Chief Financial Officer (previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Form 10-Q filed by Registrant on September 14, 2007, SEC File No. 001-09338).*

 

 

 

10.13

 

Employment Agreement, dated June 4, 2007, between Michaels Stores, Inc. and Brian C. Cornell (previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Form 10-Q filed by Registrant on June 11, 2007, SEC File No. 001-09338).*

 

 

 

10.14

 

Restricted Stock Award Agreement, dated June 4, 2007, between Michaels Stores, Inc. and Brian C. Cornell (previously filed as Exhibit 10.4 to Form 10-Q filed by Registrant on June 11, 2007, SEC File No. 001-09338).*

 

64



 

10.15

 

Stock Option Agreement, dated June 4, 2007, between Michaels Stores, Inc. and Brian C. Cornell (previously filed as Exhibit 10.5 to Form 10-Q filed by Registrant on June 11, 2007, SEC File No. 001-09338).*

 

 

 

10.16

 

Separation and Release Agreement, dated July 27, 2007, between Michaels Stores, Inc. and Gregory A. Sandfort (filed herewith).*

 

 

 

10.17

 

Letter Agreement effective July 27, 2007, between Michaels Stores, Inc. and Gregory A. Sandfort (filed herewith).*

 

 

 

10.20

 

Stockholders Agreement, dated as of October 31, 2006, among Michaels Stores, Inc. and certain stockholders thereof (previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Form 10-Q filed by Registrant on December 7, 2006, SEC File No. 001-09338).

 

 

 

10.21

 

Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement, dated as of February 16, 2007, among Michaels Stores, Inc. and certain stockholders thereof (previously filed as Exhibit 10.23 to Form 10-K filed by Registrant on May 3, 2007, SEC File No. 001-09338).

 

 

 

10.22

 

Management Agreement, dated as of October 31, 2006, among Michaels Stores, Inc., Bain Capital Partners, LLC and Blackstone Management Partners V LLC (previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Form 10-Q filed by Registrant on December 7, 2006, SEC File No. 001-09338).*

 

 

 

10.23

 

Management Agreement, dated as of October 31, 2006, between Michaels Stores, Inc. and Highfields Capital Management LP (previously filed as Exhibit 10.3 to Form 10-Q filed by Registrant on December 7, 2006, SEC File No. 001-09338).*

 

 

 

10.24

 

Separation Agreement, dated October 31, 2006, between Charles J. Wyly, Jr. and Michaels Stores, Inc. (previously filed as Exhibit 10.27 to Form 10-K filed by Registrant on May 3, 2007, SEC File No. 001-09338).*

 

 

 

10.25

 

Separation Agreement, dated October 31, 2006, between Sam Wyly and Michaels Stores, Inc. (previously filed as Exhibit 10.28 to Form 10-K filed by Registrant on May 3, 2007, SEC File No. 001-09338).*

 

 

 

10.26

 

Form of Director Indemnification Agreement between Michaels Stores, Inc. and certain directors thereof (previously filed as Exhibit 10.36 to Form 10-K filed by Registrant on March 30, 2006, SEC File No. 001-09338).

 

 

 

10.27

 

Form of Officer Indemnification Agreement between Michaels Stores, Inc. and certain officers thereof (previously filed as Exhibit 10.37 to Form 10-K filed by Registrant on March 30, 2006, SEC File No. 001-09338).

 

 

 

10.28

 

Term Lease Master Agreement between IBM Credit Corporation as Lessor and Michaels Stores, Inc. as Lessee (previously filed as Exhibit 10.18 to Form 10-K filed by Registrant on May 2, 1997, SEC File No. 000-11822).

 

 

 

10.29

 

Credit Agreement, dated as of October 31, 2006, among Michaels Stores, Inc., as lead borrower, the facility guarantors named therein, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., as syndication agent, Credit Suisse, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Wells Fargo Retail Finance, LLC, as co-documentation agents, the lenders named therein, and Banc of America Securities LLC, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., as joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners (previously filed as Exhibit 10.4 to Form 10-Q filed by Registrant on December 7, 2006, SEC File No. 001-09338).

 

65



 

10.30

 

Credit Agreement, dated as of October 31, 2006, among Michaels Stores, Inc., Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch, as administrative agent, the other lenders named therein, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as syndication agent, and Bank of America, N.A. and Credit Suisse, as co-documentation agents, and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Banc of America Securities LLC as co-lead arrangers and joint bookrunners (previously filed as Exhibit 10.5 to Form 10-Q filed by Registrant on December 7, 2006, SEC File No. 001-09338).

 

 

 

10.31

 

First Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of January 19, 2007, to the Credit Agreement, dated as of October 31, 2006, among Michaels Stores, Inc., Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch, as administrative agent, the other lenders named therein, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as syndication agent, and Bank of America, N.A. and Credit Suisse, as co-documentation agents, and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Banc of America Securities LLC as co-lead arrangers and joint bookrunners (previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K filed by Registrant on January 25, 2007, SEC File No. 001-09338).

 

 

 

10.32

 

Second Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of May 10, 2007, to the Credit Agreement, dated as of October 31, 2006, among Michaels Stores, Inc., Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch, as administrative agent, the other lenders named therein, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as syndication agent, and Bank of America, N.A. and Credit Suisse, as co-documentation agents, and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Banc of America Securities LLC as co-lead arrangers and joint bookrunners (previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K filed by Registrant on May 11, 2007, SEC File No. 001-09338).

 

 

 

21.1

 

Subsidiaries of Michaels Stores, Inc. (previously filed as Exhibit 21.1 to Form 10-K filed by Registrant on April 11, 2005, SEC File No. 001-09338).

 

 

 

23.1

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (filed herewith).

 

 

 

31.1

 

Certifications of Brian C. Cornell pursuant to §302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (filed herewith).

 

 

 

31.2

 

Certifications of Jeffrey N. Boyer pursuant to §302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (filed herewith).

 

 

 

32.1

 

Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350, as adopted pursuant to §906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (filed herewith).

 


*  Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be filed as an exhibit to this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

66



 

MICHAELS STORES, INC.

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

 

The following consolidated financial statements of Michaels Stores, Inc. are included in response to Item 8:

 

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

F-2

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets at February 2, 2008 and February 3, 2007

 

F-4

 

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the fiscal years ended February 2, 2008, February 3, 2007, and January 28, 2006

 

F-5

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the fiscal years ended February 2, 2008, February 3, 2007, and January 28, 2006

 

F-6

 

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ (Deficit) Equity for the fiscal years ended February 2, 2008, February 3, 2007, and January 28, 2006

 

F-7

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the fiscal years ended February 2, 2008, February 3, 2007, and January 28, 2006

 

F-8

 

Unaudited Supplemental Quarterly Financial Data for the fiscal years ended February 2, 2008 and February 3, 2007

 

F-39

 

 

All schedules have been omitted because they are not applicable or the required information is included in the financial statements or the notes thereto.

 

F-1



 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

Michaels Stores, Inc.

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Michaels Stores, Inc. as of February 2, 2008 and February 3, 2007, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ (deficit) equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended February 2, 2008. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Michaels Stores, Inc. at February 2, 2008 and February 3, 2007, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended February 2, 2008, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

 

As discussed in Note 5 to the consolidated financial statements, in fiscal 2005, the Company changed its method of accounting for merchandise inventories and share-based compensation and in fiscal 2007, the Company changed its method of accounting for income tax uncertainties.

 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Michaels Stores, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of February 2, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated April 2, 2008 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

 

 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

 

Dallas, TX

April 2, 2008

 

F-2



 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

Michaels Stores, Inc.

 

We have audited Michaels Stores, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of February 2, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). Michaels Stores, Inc.’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting (see Item 9A). Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.  Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

In our opinion, Michaels Stores, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of February 2, 2008, based on the COSO criteria.

 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Michaels Stores, Inc. as of February 2, 2008 and February 3, 2007, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ (deficit) equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended February 2, 2008 of Michaels Stores, Inc. and our report dated April 2, 2008 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

 

 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

 

Dallas, TX

April 2, 2008

 

F-3



 

MICHAELS STORES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In millions except share data)

 

 

 

February 2,

 

February 3,

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and equivalents

 

$

29

 

$

30

 

Merchandise inventories

 

845

 

840

 

Prepaid expenses and other

 

70

 

52

 

Deferred income taxes

 

31

 

35

 

Income tax receivable

 

5

 

35

 

Current assets - discontinued operations

 

 

8

 

Total current assets

 

980

 

1,000

 

Property and equipment, at cost

 

1,155

 

1,112

 

Less accumulated depreciation

 

(722

)

(670

)

 

 

433

 

442

 

Goodwill

 

94

 

116

 

Debt issuance costs, net of accumulated amortization of $22 at February  2, 2008 and $5 at February 2, 2007

 

103

 

120

 

Other assets

 

4

 

8

 

Non-current assets - discontinued operations

 

 

7

 

 

 

201

 

251

 

Total assets

 

$

1,614

 

$

1,693

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

$

221

 

$

214

 

Accrued liabilities and other

 

332

 

290

 

Current portion of long-term debt

 

122

 

230

 

Income taxes payable

 

 

7

 

Current liabilities - discontinued operations

 

4

 

1

 

Total current liabilities

 

679

 

742

 

Long-term debt

 

3,741

 

3,729

 

Deferred income taxes

 

4

 

29

 

Other long-term liabilities

 

80

 

67

 

Long-term liabilities - discontinued operations

 

2

 

1

 

Total long-term liabilities

 

3,827

 

3,826

 

 

 

4,506

 

4,568

 

Commitments and contingencies

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ deficit:

 

 

 

 

 

Common Stock, $0.10 par value, 220,000,000 shares authorized; 118,421,069 shares issued and outstanding at February 2, 2008; 117,973,396 shares issued and outstanding at February 3, 2007

 

12

 

12

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

12

 

 

Accumulated deficit

 

(2,926

)

(2,894

)

Accumulated other comprehensive income

 

10

 

7

 

Total stockholders’ deficit

 

(2,892

)

(2,875

)

Total liabilities and stockholders’ deficit

 

$

1,614

 

$

1,693

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4



 

MICHAELS STORES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(In millions)

 

 

 

Fiscal Year

 

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales

 

$

3,862

 

$

3,843

 

$

3,659

 

Cost of sales and occupancy expense

 

2,383

 

2,364

 

2,288

 

Gross profit

 

1,479

 

1,479

 

1,371

 

Selling, general, and administrative expense

 

1,051

 

1,023

 

977

 

Transaction expenses

 

29

 

205

 

 

Goodwill impairment

 

22

 

 

 

Related party expenses

 

17

 

38

 

 

Store pre-opening costs

 

6

 

5

 

7

 

Operating income

 

354

 

208

 

387

 

Interest expense

 

378

 

105

 

22

 

Other (income) and expense, net

 

(7

)

(12

)

(10

)

(Loss) income before income taxes, discontinued operations  and cumulative effect of accounting change

 

(17

)

115

 

375

 

Provision for income taxes

 

5

 

71

 

143

 

(Loss) income before discontinued operations and cumulative effect of accounting change

 

(22

)

44

 

232

 

Discontinued operations loss, net of income tax benefits of $5, $2, and $2, respectively

 

(10

)

(3

)

(4

)

Cumulative effect of accounting change, net of income tax of $5

 

 

 

(7

)

Net (loss) income

 

$

(32

)

$

41

 

$

221

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5



 

MICHAELS STORES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In millions)

 

 

 

Fiscal Year

 

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

Operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

 

$

(32

)

$

41

 

$

221

 

Adjustments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

125

 

119

 

100

 

Share-based compensation

 

6

 

15

 

30

 

Tax benefits from stock options exercised

 

 

(12

)

(25

)

Impairment of discontinued operations

 

6

 

 

 

Goodwill impairment

 

22

 

 

 

Loss from early extinguishment of debt

 

 

 

12

 

Non-cash charge for the cumulative effect of accounting change

 

 

 

12

 

Deferred financing costs amortization

 

17

 

5

 

 

Other

 

(1

)

 

1

 

Accretion of subordinated discount notes

 

35

 

6

 

 

Changes in assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Merchandise inventories

 

3

 

(63

)

2

 

Prepaid expenses and other

 

3

 

(11

)

(17

)

Deferred income taxes and other

 

(19

)

(26

)

7

 

Accounts payable

 

23

 

31

 

(63

)

Accrued interest

 

38

 

35

 

(1

)

Accrued liabilities and other

 

8

 

8

 

39

 

Income taxes payable

 

21

 

26

 

33

 

Other long-term liabilities

 

13

 

(17

)

13

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

268

 

157

 

364

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additions to property and equipment

 

(100

)

(143

)

(118

)

Sales of short-term investments

 

 

 

50

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

(100

)

(143

)

(68

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of Notes

 

 

1,400

 

 

Payment of debt issuance costs

 

 

(125

)

 

Borrowings on asset-based revolving credit facility

 

919

 

1,005

 

 

Payments on asset-based revolving credit facility

 

(1,029

)

(800

)

 

Borrowings on senior secured term loan facility

 

 

2,400

 

 

Repayments on senior secured term loan facility

 

(24

)

(55

)

 

Equity investment of Sponsors

 

 

1,649

 

 

Payment for Old Common Stock in the Merger

 

 

(5,806

)

 

Equity investment of Management

 

8

 

 

 

Repayment of Senior Notes due 2009

 

 

 

(209

)

Cash dividends paid to stockholders

 

 

(58

)

(46

)

Repurchase of old Common Stock

 

 

(66

)

(191

)

Repurchase of new Common Stock

 

(1

)

 

 

Proceeds from stock options exercised

 

 

36

 

38

 

Tax benefits from stock options exercised

 

 

12

 

25

 

Proceeds from issuance of old Common Stock and other

 

 

2

 

4

 

Payment of capital leases

 

(7

)

 

 

Change in cash overdraft

 

(37

)

(32

)

 

Other

 

2

 

2

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

 

(169

)

(436

)

(379

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net decrease in cash and equivalents

 

(1

)

(422

)

(83

)

Cash and equivalents at beginning of period

 

30

 

452

 

536

 

Cash and equivalents at end of period

 

$

29

 

$

30

 

$

453

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplemental Cash Flow Information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid for interest

 

$

288

 

$

55

 

$

20

 

Cash paid for income taxes

 

$

22

 

$

79

 

$

95

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6



 

MICHAELS STORES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ (DEFICIT) EQUITY

For the Three Years Ended February 2, 2008

(In millions except share data)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additional

 

(Deficit)/

 

Treasury

 

Comprehensive

 

 

 

 

 

Number of

 

Common

 

Paid-in

 

Retained

 

Stock,

 

Income/

 

 

 

 

 

Shares

 

Stock

 

Capital

 

Earnings

 

at Cost

 

(Loss)

 

Total

 

Balance at January 29, 2005

 

398,131,703

 

$

39

 

$

452

 

$

710

 

$

 

$

6

 

$

1,207

 

Comprehensive income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

221

 

 

 

221

 

Foreign currency translation and other

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

2

 

Total comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

223

 

Exercise of stock options and other

 

7,847,245

 

1

 

41

 

 

 

 

42

 

Share based compensation

 

 

 

31

 

 

 

 

31

 

Tax benefit from exercise of stock options

 

 

 

25

 

 

 

 

25

 

Dividends declared

 

 

 

 

(50

)

 

 

(50

)

Acquisition of treasury stock

 

(15,885,165

)

 

 

 

 

(190

)

 

(190

)

Retirement of treasury stock

 

 

(1

)

(161

)

 

162

 

 

0

 

Balance at January 28, 2006

 

390,093,783

 

39

 

388

 

881

 

(28

)

8

 

1,288

 

Comprehensive income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

41

 

 

 

41

 

Foreign currency translation and other

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

(1

)

Total comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

40

 

Exercise of stock options and other

 

7,344,606

 

1

 

37

 

 

 

 

38

 

Share based compensation

 

 

 

15

 

 

 

 

15

 

Tax benefit from exercise of stock options

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

 

12

 

Dividends declared

 

 

 

 

(45

)

 

 

(45

)

Acquisition of treasury stock

 

(5,665,733

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(66

)

 

 

(66

)

Retirement of treasury stock

 

 

(1

)

(93

)

 

94

 

 

 

 

Acquisition and retirement of treasury stock in connection with the Merger

 

(384,439,323

)

(38

)

(1,997

)

(3,771

)

 

 

(5,806

)

Issuance of stock

 

110,640,063

 

11

 

1,648

 

 

 

 

1,659

 

Equity issuance costs

 

 

 

(10

)

 

 

 

(10

)

Balance at February 3, 2007

 

117,973,396

 

12

 

 

(2,894

)

 

7

 

(2,875

)

Comprehensive loss:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

(32

)

 

 

(32

)

Foreign currency translation and other

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

3

 

Total comprehensive loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(29

)

Share based compensation and other

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

5

 

Repurchase of stock

 

(93,333

)

 

(1

)

 

 

 

(1

)

Issuance of stock

 

541,006

 

 

8

 

 

 

 

8

 

Equity issuance costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at February 2, 2008

 

118,421,069

 

$

12

 

$

12

 

$

(2,926

)

$

 

$

10

 

$

(2,892

)

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7



 

MICHAELS STORES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Note 1.  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

Description of Business

 

Michaels Stores, Inc. (together with its subsidiaries, unless the text otherwise indicates) owns and operates a chain of specialty retail stores in 49 states and Canada featuring arts, crafts, framing, floral, decorative wall décor, and seasonal merchandise for the hobbyist and do-it-yourself home decorator. Our wholly-owned subsidiary, Aaron Brothers, Inc., operates a chain of framing and art supply stores located in 11 states.

 

Fiscal Year

 

We report on the basis of a 52 or 53-week fiscal year, which ends on the Saturday closest to January 31. References to fiscal year mean the year in which that fiscal year began. Fiscal 2007 ended on February 2, 2008, fiscal 2006 ended on February 3, 2007, and fiscal 2005 ended on January 28, 2006. Fiscal year 2006 contained 53 weeks, while fiscal 2007 and 2005 each contained 52 weeks.

 

Consolidation

 

Our consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Michaels Stores, Inc. and all wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.

 

Estimates

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

Foreign Currency Translation

 

Translation adjustments result from translating our Canadian subsidiary’s financial statements into U.S. dollars. Balance sheet accounts are translated at exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date. Income statement accounts are translated at average exchange rates during the year. Resulting translation adjustments are recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in our Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ (Deficit) Equity. The cumulative translation adjustment is net of deferred taxes of $8 million, which is an increase of approximately $3 million from fiscal 2006.  In fiscal 2007, a gain of $7 million related to foreign currency exchange rates is reflected in other (income) and expense.

 

Cash and Equivalents

 

Cash and equivalents are comprised of highly liquid instruments with original maturities of three months or less and credit card clearing accounts. Cash equivalents are carried at cost, which approximates fair value. We record interest income earned from our cash and equivalents as a component of other income and expense, net, in our financial statements. Interest income was $1 million, $10 million, and $8 million for fiscal 2007, 2006, and 2005, respectively.

 

Merchandise Inventories

 

We value our merchandise inventories at Michaels stores at the lower of cost or market, with cost determined using a weighted average method. We utilize perpetual inventory records to value inventory in our Michaels stores. Physical inventory counts are performed in a significant number of stores during each fiscal quarter by a third party inventory counting service firm, with substantially all stores open longer than one year subject to at least one annual count. We adjust our perpetual records based on the results of the physical counts.

 

Cost is calculated based upon the purchase order cost of an item at the time it is received by us, reconciled to actual vendor invoices, and also includes the cost of warehousing, handling, purchasing, and transporting the inventory to the stores. Vendor allowances, which primarily represent volume rebates and cooperative advertising funds, are recorded as a reduction of the cost of the merchandise inventories. The cost of warehousing, handling, purchasing, and transporting, as well as vendor allowances, are recognized through cost

 

F-8



 

of sales when the inventories are sold. Due to systems limitations, it is impracticable for us to assign specific costs and allowances to individual units of inventory. As such, to properly match net costs against the related revenues, we must use all available information to appropriately estimate the costs and allowances to be deferred and recognized each period. We earn vendor allowances as a consistent percentage of certain merchandise purchases with no minimum purchase requirements. We did not have any vendor allowance programs in fiscal 2007 and 2006 that were based on purchase volume milestones and had an immaterial amount of milestone-based allowance programs in fiscal 2005.

 

We maintain a provision for estimated shrinkage based on the actual historical results of our physical inventories. We compare our estimates to the actual results of the physical inventory counts as they are taken and adjust the shrink estimates accordingly. We also record adjustments to the value of inventory equal to the difference between the carrying value and the estimated market value, based on assumptions about future demand.

 

We value the inventory at our distribution centers, Aaron Brothers stores, and custom framing operations at the lower of cost or market, with cost determined using a weighted average method. The cost of inventory also includes certain costs associated with the warehousing, handling, purchasing, and transporting of the inventory.

 

Property and Equipment

 

Property and equipment is recorded at cost. Depreciation is recorded on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets.  Amortization of property under capital leases is on a straight-line basis over the lease term and is included in depreciation expense.  We expense repairs and maintenance costs as incurred. We capitalize and depreciate significant renewals or betterments that substantially extend the life of the asset. Useful lives are generally estimated as follows (in years):

 

Buildings

 

30

 

Leasehold improvements

 

10

*

Fixtures and equipment

 

8

 

Computer equipment

 

5

 


 

*                    We amortize leasehold improvements over the lesser of 10 years or the remaining lease term of the underlying facility.

 

Goodwill

 

Under the provisions of SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, we do not amortize goodwill, but instead perform annual (or, under certain circumstances, more frequent) impairment tests. In connection with our annual impairment test, we recorded a goodwill impairment charge of $22 million related to our Aaron Brothers reporting unit. See Note 3 for further information.

 

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

 

We periodically review long-lived assets for impairment by comparing the carrying value of the assets with their estimated future undiscounted cash flows. If it is determined that an impairment loss has occurred, the loss would be recognized during that period. The impairment loss is calculated as the difference between asset carrying values and the present value of estimated net cash flows or comparable market values, giving consideration to recent operating performance and pricing trends. In fiscal 2007, 2006, and 2005, we had no material impairment losses related to long-lived assets.

 

Reserve for Closed Facilities

 

We maintain a reserve for future rental obligations, carrying costs, and other closing costs related to closed facilities, primarily closed and relocated stores. In accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 146, Costs Associated With Disposal Activities, we recognize exit costs for any store closures at the time the store is closed.

 

The cost of closing a store or facility is calculated based on management’s estimate of costs to exit the lease, which generally represents the lesser of the present value of future rental obligations remaining under the lease (less estimated sublease rental income) or the lease termination fee.

 

The following is a detail of account activity related to closed facilities, excluding those related to the discontinued operations of Star Decorators Wholesale (“Star”) and Recollections as discussed in Note 2:

 

F-9



 

 

 

Fiscal Year

 

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

(in millions)

 

Balance at beginning of fiscal year

 

$

4

 

$

4

 

$

7

 

Additions (reductions) charged to costs and expenses

 

4

 

2

 

2

 

Payment of rental obligations and other

 

(3

)

(2

)

(5

)

Balance at end of fiscal year

 

$

5

 

$

4

 

$

4

 

 

Insurance Liabilities

 

We use a combination of insurance and self-insurance for our workers’ compensation, general liability, and employee-related health care plans. We pay premiums for these coverages, a portion of which are paid by our associates for health care costs. In addition, under our self-insurance, we pay all claims up to the limits provided for in our contracts. Liabilities associated with these plans are actuarially estimated, giving consideration to historical claims experience and industry trends. In the event our insurance carriers are unable to pay claims submitted to them, we would record a liability for such estimated payments we expect to incur.

 

Revenue Recognition

 

Revenue from sales of our merchandise and custom frames is recognized at the time of delivery. Revenue is presented net of sales taxes collected. We allow for merchandise to be returned under most circumstances and provide a reserve for estimated returns.

 

We record a gift card liability on the date we issue the gift card to the customer. We record revenue and reduce the gift card liability as the customer redeems the gift card. We escheat the value of unredeemed gift cards where required by law. Any remaining liabilities not subject to escheatment are evaluated to determine whether the likelihood of the gift card being redeemed is remote (gift card breakage). We recognize gift card breakage as revenue, by applying our estimate of the rate of gift card breakage over the period of estimated performance (36 months as of the end of fiscal 2007). Our estimates of the gift card breakage rate are applied to the estimated amount of gift cards that are expected to go unused that are not subject to escheatment and are based on customers’ historical redemption rates and patterns, which may not be indicative of future redemption rates and patterns. Prior to fiscal 2005, we did not have adequate historical information to estimate gift card breakage. During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2005, we recognized revenue of approximately $8 million related to gift card balances that we estimated will not be redeemed. During fiscal 2006 and 2007, we recognized approximately $2 million and $3 million respectively, related to such gift card balances.

 

Costs of Sales and Occupancy Expenses

 

Included in our costs of sales are the following:

 

·       purchase price or invoiced cost of merchandise, net of vendor allowances and rebates,

·       inbound freight, inspection costs, and duties,

·       warehousing, handling, and transporting costs (including internal transfer costs such as distribution center  to store freight costs) and purchasing and receiving costs, and

·       share-based compensation costs for those employees involved in preparing inventory for sale.

 

These costs are included in merchandise inventories and expensed as the merchandise is sold.

 

Included in our occupancy expenses are the following:

 

·       store expenses such as rent, insurance, taxes, common area maintenance, utilities, repairs and maintenance,

·       amortization of store buildings and leasehold improvements,

·       store closure costs, and

·       store remodel costs.

 

We record rent expense ratably over the term of the lease beginning with the date we take possession of or control the physical access to the premises. We record leasehold improvement reimbursements as a liability and ratably adjust the liability as a reduction to rent expense over the lease term beginning with the date we take possession of or control the physical access to the premises.

 

F-10



 

Selling, General, and Administrative Costs

 

Included in our selling, general, and administrative costs are store personnel costs (including share-based compensation), store operating expenses, advertising expenses, store depreciation expense, and corporate overhead costs.

 

Advertising costs are expensed in the period in which the advertising first occurs. Our cooperative advertising allowances are accounted for as a reduction in the purchase price of merchandise since an obligation to advertise specific product does not exist in our cooperative advertising arrangements.

 

Advertising expenses were $173 million, $165 million, and $163 million for fiscal 2007, 2006, and 2005, respectively, and are included in selling, general, and administrative expense.

 

Store Pre-Opening Costs

 

We expense all start-up activity costs as incurred, which primarily include store pre-opening costs. Rent expense incurred prior to the store opening is recorded in cost of sales and occupancy expense on our consolidated statement of operations.

 

Income Taxes

 

We record income tax expense using the liability method for taxes and are subject to income tax in many jurisdictions, including the United States, various states and localities, and Canada. A current tax liability or asset is recognized for the estimated taxes payable or refundable on the tax returns for the current year and a deferred tax liability or asset is recognized for the estimated future tax effects attributable to temporary differences and carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted income tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect of a change in tax rates is recognized as income or expense in the period that includes the enactment date. A valuation allowance is recorded to reduce the carrying amounts of deferred tax assets unless it is more likely than not that such assets will be realized. If different assumptions had been used, our tax expense, assets, and liabilities could have varied from recorded amounts. If actual results differ from estimated results or if we adjust these assumptions in the future, we may need to adjust our deferred tax assets or liabilities, which could impact our effective tax rate.

 

Share-Based Compensation

 

Prior to the fourth quarter of fiscal 2005, we elected to follow APB Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees, and related guidance in accounting for our employee stock options.

 

As more fully described in Note 5 below, we elected to early adopt SFAS No. 123(R), Share-Based Payment, in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2005. We applied the provisions of the modified retrospective transition method as permitted by SFAS No. 123(R) from the beginning of fiscal 2005. As a result, we recorded compensation expense for unvested awards based on the amounts previously determined for pro forma disclosure under SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, for the first three quarters of fiscal 2005 and under SFAS No. 123(R) for the fourth quarter of fiscal 2005. Beginning in the first quarter of fiscal 2005, compensation cost is based on the grant date fair value of the award and ratably recognized as expense over the effective vesting period. Beginning with our adoption of SFAS No. 123(R), we report excess tax benefits as a cash inflow in the financing section of our statement of cash flows and would record a tax deficiency, if any, as a cash outflow from operating activities. For fiscal 2005 and 2006, we reported $25 million and $83 million, respectively, of excess tax benefits as a cash inflow to financing activities.

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 157, Fair Value Measurements, which is intended to increase consistency and comparability in fair value measurements by defining fair value, establishing a framework for measuring fair value and expanding disclosures about fair value measurements.  FAS 157 was originally effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, and interim periods within those fiscal years.  In November 2007, the FASB placed a one year deferral for the implementation of FAS 157 for nonfinancial assets and liabilities; however, FAS 157 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007 for financial assets and liabilities, as well as for any other assets and liabilities that are carried at fair value on a recurring basis in financial statements.  We adopted FAS 157 on February 3, 2008, with no impact on our consolidated financial statements.

 

In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 158, Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pensions and Other Postretirement Plans, which requires an entity to recognize the overfunded or underfunded status of a defined

 

F-11


 


 

benefit postretirement plan as an asset or liability in its balance sheet and to recognize changes in that funded status in the year in which the changes occur through comprehensive income.  It also requires an entity to measure the funded status of a plan as of the date of its year-end balance sheet.  As we have no publicly traded equity securities (due to the Merger), FAS 158 is effective for us at the end of fiscal 2007, with early adoption permitted.  We adopted FAS 158 at the end of fiscal 2007, with no material impact on our consolidated statement of operations, balance sheet, stockholders’ (deficit) equity, or cash flows statement.

 

In February 2007, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities, which permits companies to measure certain financial instruments and other items at fair value (at specified measurement dates) that are not currently required to be measured at fair value. Any unrealized gains or losses applicable to those items measured at fair value shall be reported in earnings. The decision to apply fair value is generally made on an instrument by instrument basis, is irrevocable, and is applied only to an entire instrument. We will adopt FAS 159 in the first quarter of fiscal 2008 and we currently do not expect there to be a material, if any, impact on our consolidated financial statements as a result of this adoption.

 

In December 2007, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 141 (revised 2007), Business Combinations (“FAS 141R”). FAS 141R replaces FASB Statement No. 141, Business Combinations. The statement retains the purchase method of accounting used in business combinations but replaces FAS 141 by establishing principles and requirements for the recognition and measurement of assets, liabilities and goodwill, including the requirement that most transaction costs and restructuring costs be expensed. In addition, the statement requires disclosures to enable users to evaluate the nature and financial effects of the business combination. FAS 141 is effective for business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2008. We will adopt FAS 141R on February 1, 2009 for acquisitions on or after this date.

 

Reclassifications

 

Certain prior year amounts were reclassified to conform to the current year presentation.  These reclassifications consist primarily of the presentation of discontinued operations.

 

Note 2.   Discontinued Operations

 

On October 16, 2007, we announced plans to align resources around our core retail chains, Michaels and Aaron Brothers stores.  As a result, we discontinued our concept businesses, Recollections and Star.  As of the end of fiscal 2007, we had closed 11 Recollections and three of the four Star locations.  The remaining Star location will be converted to a Michaels store.

 

In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets, at the time of the announcement we performed impairment analyses for these stores.  Based on estimated future cash flows, an impairment loss for property and equipment of $6 million was recognized during the third quarter of fiscal 2007.  Also, $1 million of related severance and termination costs were recorded during the third quarter of fiscal 2007.

 

During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2007, we recognized $4 million of lease termination costs.  As of the end of fiscal 2007, we have liabilities of $4 million and $1 million related to lease termination costs and severance and termination costs, respectively.

 

All costs associated with the disposal of these concept businesses are reflected in discontinued operations on the consolidated statements of operations.

 

Note 3.   Goodwill Impairment

 

During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2007, in connection with our annual impairment test, we recorded a goodwill impairment charge of $22 million related to our Aaron Brothers reporting unit.  The impairment charge represents the net carrying value of the Aaron Brothers goodwill.  During fiscal 2007, Aaron Brothers experienced a significant decline in sales and profitability.  These declines, coupled with our near-term financial forecasts, the deterioration of the retail segment of the U.S. economy, and our ongoing reassessment of expansion opportunities, resulted in an estimated fair value that was considerably lower than the carrying value of the reporting unit.  The resulting allocation of the estimated fair value to the reporting unit’s assets and liabilities indicated that a full impairment of goodwill was required.

 

Our fair value assessment was based on a combination of present value cash flow analysis, observable earnings multiples of other publicly-traded specialty retail companies, and use of earnings multiples resulting from market transactions of other specialty retail companies.

 

F-12



 

Note 4.   Merger Transaction

 

On October 31, 2006, substantially all of the Common Stock of Michaels Stores, Inc. was acquired through a merger transaction (the “Merger”) by affiliates of two private investment firms, Bain Capital Partners, LLC and The Blackstone Group  (collectively, together with their applicable affiliates, the “Sponsors”), with certain shares retained by affiliates of Highfields Capital Partners (a then-existing shareholder of Michaels Stores, Inc.). As a result of the Merger, Michaels Holdings LLC, an entity controlled by the Sponsors, owns approximately 93% of our outstanding Common Stock, which is no longer publicly traded. We accounted for the Merger as a leveraged recapitalization whereby the historical book value of the assets and liabilities of Michaels will be maintained with no push down accounting required.

 

The Merger consideration paid to then-existing equity holders was approximately $5.8 billion, with fees and expenses totaling an additional $240 million. The purchase price was funded by:

 

·                  Aggregate cash equity contribution by the Sponsors of  approximately $1.7 billion;

 

·                  Retention of certain shares held by affiliates of Highfields Capital Partners totaling $110 million;

 

·                  The issuance of the following debt (See Note 7 for further information concerning our issuance of debt):

 

·                  $750 million of 10% Senior Notes due 2014;

 

·                  $400 million of 113/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016;

 

·                  $250 million of 13% Subordinated Discount Notes due 2016;

 

·                  $2.4 billion Senior secured term loan facility; and,

 

·                  $400 million of borrowings under our Asset-based revolving credit facility.

 

·                  Our available cash as of the date of the Merger.

 

The Merger occurred simultaneously with the closing of the financing and equity transactions described above as well as the termination of our previous $300 million senior unsecured credit facility with Bank of America, N.A (Credit Agreement).

 

In connection with the completion of the Merger, we entered into management agreements with each of the Sponsors pursuant to which the Sponsors will provide management services to us until December 31, 2016, with evergreen extensions thereafter.  Pursuant to these agreements, the Sponsors will receive an aggregate annual management fee equal to $12 million and reimbursement for out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them in connection with the provision of services pursuant to the agreements.  In addition, pursuant to these agreements, the Sponsors received, in connection with the completion of the Merger, aggregate transaction fees of approximately $60 million in connection with services provided by them related to the Merger.  Finally, the management agreements provide that the Sponsors are entitled to receive fees in connection with certain subsequent financing, acquisition, disposition and change of control transactions of 1% of the gross transaction value of any such transaction.  The management agreements include customary exculpation and indemnification provisions in favor of the Sponsors.  The management agreements may be terminated by the Sponsors at any time and terminate automatically upon an initial public offering or a change of control unless we and the Sponsors determine otherwise.  Upon termination, each provider of management services will be entitled to a termination fee calculated based on the present value of the annual fees due during the remaining period from the date of termination to the tenth anniversary of the date of the Merger.

 

In connection with the completion of the Merger, we entered into a management agreement with Highfields Capital Management LP, an affiliate of the Highfields Capital Partners, that provides for an annual management fee of $1 million for services that Highfields Capital Management LP renders to us following the completion of the Merger.

 

During fiscal 2006, we expensed approximately $240 million of Merger-related costs, of which $205 million was classified as transaction expenses and $34 million was classified as related party expenses in our consolidated statement of operations; the remaining $1 million was classified as interest expense.  See Note 14 for further information concerning related party expenses. Of the $240 million recorded in fiscal 2006, $218 million was recorded in our fourth quarter of fiscal 2006.  Approximately $138 million of the $240 million consisted of compensation expense (primarily share-based compensation) and $100 million was related to investment banking, legal, accounting, and other professional fees.

 

F-13



 

We capitalized $125 million of costs related to our issuance of various debt instruments.  We amortize the deferred financing costs over the lives of the respective debt agreements (which range from five to ten years) and record the amortization to interest expense. As further described in Note 14 below, we paid $3 million to each of Charles Wyly and Sam Wyly pursuant to a Separation Agreement.  We capitalized the Separation Agreements and amortize them over their two year lives. Our expected amortization expense pertaining to the deferred financing costs and Separation Agreements for each of the next five fiscal years and thereafter is as follows:

 

 

 

Fiscal Year
(in millions)

 

 

 

2008

 

2009

 

2010

 

2011

 

2012

 

Thereafter

 

Amortization Expense

 

$

19

 

$

17

 

$

17

 

$

16

 

$

14

 

$

23

 

 

Note 5.  Changes in Accounting

 

Income Taxes—In July 2006, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes — an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 (“FIN 48”), which clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income tax positions. FIN 48 requires that a company recognize in its consolidated financial statements the impact of a tax position that is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination based on the technical merits of the position. We adopted FIN 48 on February 3, 2007, and recorded a reduction to beginning retained earnings of $1 million. See Note 8 for further information.

 

Transition to Cost Accounting—We changed our method of accounting for merchandise inventories from a retail inventory method to the weighted average cost method in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2005, effective as of the beginning of that fiscal year. We believe the weighted average cost method is preferable because we believe it:

 

·             results in greater precision in the determination of cost of sales and inventories as each store/SKU combination is supported by perpetual records valued at cost using SKU level purchase order inputs, allowing for a reduction in the number of significant management estimates that were used in our retail inventory method;

 

·             provides greater insight into shrink using more accurate periodic shrink expense analysis and reporting at the store/SKU level;

 

·             aligns financial reporting with the operational view of the Company, which provides consistency in analysis of inventory management measures; and

 

·             increases the accuracy of matching sales with related expenses, as cost of sales will represent the average cost of the individual items sold rather than an average of the entire pool, eliminating any fluctuations as a result of seasonal changes in the markup percentage of inventory on hand at the end of each quarter.

 

The effect of this change was presented in the income statement as a cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle of $7 million, which is net of an income tax benefit of $5 million. The inventory balance as of the beginning of fiscal 2005 was approximately $777 million on the weighted average cost method, which was approximately $12 million lower than the inventory balance reported under our retail inventory method. The effect of the change for fiscal 2004 is not determinable as the information required to value inventory on the weighted average cost method for fiscal 2004 is not available.

 

Under our retail inventory method, ending inventory incorporated shrink, store use, and certain markdowns in an implicit manner and these items did not require an explicit reserve component. Under the weighted average cost method, shrink reserves are an explicit component of our inventory valuation. Upon implementation of the weighted average cost method at the beginning of fiscal 2005, reserves of $29 million were established for shrink in our Michaels stores. Inventory, net of shrink reserves, in our Michaels stores as of the beginning of fiscal 2005, under weighted average cost, was $3 million lower than fiscal 2004 ending inventory under our retail inventory method, net of shrink, store use, and certain markdowns. Other inventory reserves (including excess and obsolescence and lower of cost or market) under the retail inventory method were $4 million and such reserves at the inception of the weighted average cost method were $10 million. The changes in these reserves are a component of the cumulative effect of accounting change reported on our consolidated statement of income.

 

Adoption of SFAS No. 123(R)—We elected to early adopt SFAS No. 123(R), Share-Based Payment, in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2005. This accounting standard requires all share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, to be recognized in the financial statements based on their fair value over the requisite service period. We applied the provisions of the modified retrospective transition method as permitted by SFAS No. 123(R) from the beginning of fiscal 2005. As a result, we recorded compensation expense for unvested awards based on the amounts previously determined for pro forma disclosure under SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, for the first three quarters of fiscal 2005 and under the provisions of SFAS No. 123(R) for the fourth quarter of fiscal 2005.

 

F-14



 

Note 6.  Detail of Certain Balance Sheet Accounts

 

 

 

February 2,

 

February 3,

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

(In millions)

 

Property and equipment:

 

 

 

 

 

Land and buildings

 

$

2

 

$

2

 

Fixtures and equipment

 

864

 

840

 

Leasehold improvements

 

289

 

270

 

 

 

$

1,155

 

$

1,112

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accrued liabilities and other:

 

 

 

 

 

Salaries, bonuses, and other payroll-related costs

 

$

122

 

$

124

 

Accrued interest

 

72

 

35

 

Taxes, other than income and payroll

 

42

 

47

 

Gift certificate and gift card liability

 

23

 

21

 

Other

 

73

 

63

 

 

 

$

332

 

$

290

 

 

Note 7.  Debt

 

Our debt consisted of the following:

 

 

Interest Rate

 

Fiscal 2007

 

Fiscal 2006

 

 

 

 

 

(In millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Senior notes

 

10.000

%

$

750

 

$

750

 

Senior subordinated notes

 

11.375

%

400

 

400

 

Subordinated discount notes

 

13.000

%

293

 

259

 

Senior secured term loan

 

Variable

 

2,321

 

2,344

 

Asset-based revolving credit facility

 

Variable

 

97

 

206

 

Other

 

5.970

%

2

 

 

Total debt

 

 

 

3,863

 

3,959

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less current portion

 

 

 

122

 

230

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term debt

 

 

 

$

3,741

 

$

3,729

 

 

10% Senior Notes due 2014

 

On October 31, 2006, we issued $750 million in principal amount of 10% Senior Notes due November 1, 2014. Interest is payable semi-annually in arrears on each May 1 and November 1, commencing on May 1, 2007. The Senior Notes are guaranteed, jointly and severally, on an unsecured senior basis, by each of our subsidiaries.

 

The Senior Notes and the guarantees thereof are our and the guarantors’ unsecured senior obligations and (i) rank senior in right of payment to all of our and the guarantors’ existing and future debt and other obligations that are, by their terms, expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Senior Notes (including the Senior Subordinated Notes and the Subordinated Discount Notes described below); (ii) rank equally in right of payment to all of our and the guarantors’ existing and future debt and other obligations that are not, by their terms, expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Senior Notes; and (iii) are effectively subordinated to all of our and the guarantors’ existing and future secured debt (including obligations under the Senior Credit Facilities) to the extent of the value of the assets securing such debt.

 

F-15



 

At any time prior to November 1, 2010, we may redeem all or a part of the Senior Notes at a redemption price equal to the sum of (i) 100% of the principal amount of the Senior Notes redeemed; (ii) the Applicable Premium (as defined in the Senior Indenture); and (iii) accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption plus Additional Interest (as defined in the Senior Indenture).

 

On and after November 1, 2010, we may redeem all or part of the Senior Notes at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount of the Senior Notes) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest to the applicable date of redemption if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on November 1 of each of the years indicated below:

 

Year

 

Percentage

 

2010

 

105.000

%

2011

 

102.500

%

2012 and thereafter

 

100.000

%

 

In addition, until November 1, 2009, we may, at our option, on one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes at a redemption price equal to 110.000% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, to the applicable date of redemption, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings (as defined in the Senior Indenture); provided that at least 50% of the aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption, and that each such redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of closing of each such Equity Offering.

 

Upon a change in control, we are required to offer to purchase all of the Senior Notes at a price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest.

 

The Senior Indenture contains covenants limiting, among other things, the Company’s ability and the ability of the Company’s restricted subsidiaries to:

 

·                  incur additional debt;

 

·                  pay dividends or distributions on the Company’s capital stock or repurchase the Company’s capital stock;

 

·                  issue stock of subsidiaries;

 

·                  make certain investments;

 

·                  create liens on the Company’s assets to secure debt;

 

·                  enter into transactions with affiliates;

 

·                  merge or consolidate with another company; and

 

·                  sell or otherwise transfer assets.

 

113/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016

 

On October 31, 2006, we issued $400 million in principal amount of 113/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due November 1, 2016.  Interest is payable semi-annually in arrears on each May 1 and November 1, commencing on May 1, 2007. The Senior Subordinated Notes are guaranteed, jointly and severally, on an unsecured senior subordinated basis, by each of our subsidiaries.

 

The Senior Subordinated Notes and the guarantees thereof are our and the guarantors’ unsecured senior subordinated obligations and (i) are subordinated in right of payment to all of our and the guarantors’ existing and future senior debt, including the Senior  Credit Facilities and the Senior Notes; (ii) rank equally in right of payment to all of our and the guarantors’ future senior subordinated debt; (iii) are effectively subordinated to all of our and the guarantors’ existing and future secured debt (including the Senior Credit Facilities) to the extent of the value of the assets securing such debt; and (iv) rank senior in right of payment to all of our and the guarantors’ existing and future debt and other obligations that are, by their terms, expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Senior Subordinated Notes, including the Subordinated Discount Notes.

 

At any time prior to November 1, 2011, we may redeem all or a part of the Senior Subordinated Notes, at a redemption price equal to

 

F-16



 

the sum of (i) 100% of the principal amount of Senior Subordinated Notes redeemed; (ii) the Applicable Premium (as defined in the Senior Subordinated Indenture); and (iii) accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption plus Additional Interest (as defined in the Senior Subordinated Indenture).

 

On and after November 1, 2011, we may redeem all or part of the Senior Subordinated Notes at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount of the Senior Subordinated Notes) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest to the applicable date of redemption if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on November 1 of each of the years indicated below:

 

Year

 

Percentage

 

2011

 

105.688

%

2012

 

103.792

%

2013

 

101.896

%

2014 and thereafter

 

100.000

%

 

In addition, until November 1, 2009, we may, at our option, on one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Senior Subordinated Notes at a redemption price equal to 111.375% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, to the applicable date of redemption, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings (as defined in the Senior Subordinated Indenture); provided that at least 50% of the aggregate principal amount of Senior Subordinated Notes remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption, and that each such redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of closing of each such Equity Offering.

 

Upon a change in control, we are required to offer to purchase all of the Senior Subordinated Notes at a price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest. The Senior Subordinated Notes indenture contains restrictive covenants substantially similar to those of the Senior Notes described above.

 

13% Subordinated Discount Notes due 2016

 

On October 31, 2006, we issued $469 million in principal amount at maturity of 13% Subordinated Discount Notes due on November 1, 2016. No cash interest is payable on the Subordinated Discount Notes prior to November 1, 2011. Beginning on November 1, 2011, cash interest will accrue and is payable semi-annually in arrears on each May 1 and November 1 (the first cash interest payment date is May 1, 2012). The Subordinated Discount Notes are guaranteed, jointly and severally, on an unsecured subordinated basis, by each of our subsidiaries.

 

The Subordinated Discount Notes and the guarantees thereof are our and the guarantors’ unsecured subordinated obligations and (i) are subordinated in right of payment to all of our and the guarantors’ existing and future senior debt (including the Senior Credit Facilities, the Senior Notes and the Senior Subordinated Notes), and (ii) are effectively subordinated to all of our and the guarantors’ secured debt (including the Senior Credit Facilities to the extent of the value of the assets securing such debt).

 

At any time prior to November 1, 2011, we may redeem all or part of the Subordinated Discount Notes at a redemption price equal to the sum of 100% of the Accreted Value (as defined in the Subordinated Discount Indenture) of the Subordinated Discount Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium (as defined in the Subordinated Discount Indenture) as of the date of redemption.

 

On and after November 1, 2011, we may redeem all or part of the Subordinated Discount Notes at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of Accreted Value of the Subordinated Discount Notes to be redeemed) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest (to the extent not already included in Accreted Value) as of the applicable date of redemption (if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on November 1 of each of the years indicated below:

 

Year

 

Percentage

 

2011

 

106.500

%

2012

 

104.333

%

2013

 

102.167

%

2014 and thereafter

 

100.000

%

 

In addition, until November 1, 2009, we may, at our option, on one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Subordinated Discount Notes at a redemption price equal to 113.000% of the Accreted Value thereof, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings (as defined in the Subordinated Discount Indenture); provided that at least 50% of the sum of the aggregate principal amount at maturity of Subordinated Discount Notes originally remains outstanding immediately after the

 

F-17



 

occurrence of each such redemption, and that each such redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of closing of each such Equity Offering.

 

On May 1, 2012, and, if necessary, any interest payment date thereafter prior to the maturity date, we are required to redeem a portion of each Subordinated Discount Note outstanding on such date equal to an amount sufficient, but not in excess of the amount necessary, to ensure that a Subordinated Discount Note will not be an “applicable high yield discount obligation” within the meaning of Section 163(i)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986. These redemptions are to be at a price equal to 100% of the Accreted Value as of the date of redemption.

 

Upon a change in control, we are required to offer to purchase all of the Subordinated Discount Notes at a price in cash equal to 101% of the Accreted Value, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest. The Subordinated Discount indenture contains restrictive covenants substantially similar to those of the Senior Notes described above.

 

Asset-based revolving credit facility

 

On October 31, 2006, we executed a senior secured asset-based revolving credit facility with Banc of America, N.A. and other lenders (“Asset-based revolving credit facility”). The Asset-based revolving credit facility provides senior secured financing of up to $1.0 billion, subject to a borrowing base as described below. As of February 2, 2008, the borrowing base was $704 million, of which we borrowed $97 million, which was classified as current debt on our balance sheet.  Borrowing capacity is available for letters of credit and borrowings on same-day notice (“Swingline Loans”).

 

The borrowing base equals the sum of (i) 90% of eligible credit card receivables and debit card receivables; (ii) between 85% and 90% of the appraised net orderly liquidation value of eligible inventory and of eligible letters of credit; (iii) a percentage of eligible in-transit inventory, less certain reserves; and, (iv) the sum of an additional 10% of the appraised net orderly liquidation value of eligible inventory and of eligible letters of credit plus an additional 5% of eligible credit card receivables and debit card receivables (collectively, the “last out tranche”), up to a maximum amount of $100 million.

 

The Asset-based revolving credit facility provides us with the right to request up to $200 million of additional commitments under this facility.  The lenders under this facility are not under any obligation to provide any such additional commitments, and any increase in commitments is subject to customary conditions precedent.  If we were to request any such additional commitments, and the existing lenders or new lenders were to agree to provide such commitments, the facility size could be increased to up to $1.2 billion, but our ability to borrow under this facility would still be limited by the amount of the borrowing base.

 

Borrowings under the Asset-based revolving credit facility bear interest at a rate per annum equal to, at our option, either (a) a base rate determined by reference to the higher of (1) the prime rate of Bank of America, N.A. and (2) the federal funds effective rate plus 1/2 of 1% or (b) a LIBOR rate subject to certain adjustments, in each case plus an applicable margin. The initial applicable margin for borrowings is 0.50% for base rate borrowings and 1.50% for LIBOR borrowings. With respect to any last out tranche borrowings, the initial applicable margin is 1.50% for base rate borrowings and 2.50% for LIBOR borrowings. The applicable margin is subject to adjustment each fiscal quarter based on the excess availability under the Asset-based revolving credit facility.  Swingline Loans bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the base rate plus the applicable margin.

 

We are required to pay a commitment fee of 0.25% per annum on the unutilized commitments under the Asset-based revolving credit facility.  We must also pay customary letter of credit fees and agency fees.

 

If, at any time, the aggregate amount of outstanding loans, unreimbursed letter of credit drawings and undrawn letters of credit under the Asset-based revolving credit facility exceeds the lesser of (i) the commitment amount or (ii) the borrowing base, we will be required to repay outstanding loans and cash collateralize letters of credit in an aggregate amount equal to such excess, with no reduction of the commitment amount.  If the amount available under the Asset-based revolving credit facility is less than $100.0 million for five consecutive business days, or a payment or bankruptcy event of default has occurred, we will be required to repay outstanding loans and cash collateralize letters of credit with the cash we are required to deposit daily in a collection account maintained with the agent under the Asset-based revolving credit facility. We may voluntarily reduce the unutilized portion of the commitment amount and repay outstanding loans at any time without premium or penalty other than customary breakage costs with respect to LIBOR loans. There is no scheduled amortization under the Asset-based revolving credit facility; the principal amount of the loans outstanding is due and payable in full on October 31, 2011.

 

All obligations under the Asset-based revolving credit facility are unconditionally guaranteed by all of the our existing subsidiaries and are required to be guaranteed by certain of our future domestic wholly-owned subsidiaries.  All obligations under the Asset-based revolving credit facility, and the guarantees of those obligations, are secured, subject to certain exceptions, by substantially all of our assets and the assets of our subsidiaries (the “Subsidiary Guarantors”), including:

 

F-18



 

·                  a first-priority security interest in personal property consisting of inventory and related accounts, cash, deposit accounts, all payments received by us or the Subsidiary Guarantors from credit card clearinghouses and processors or otherwise in respect of all credit card charges and debit card charges for sales of inventory by us and the Subsidiary Guarantors, and certain related assets and proceeds of the foregoing;

 

·                  a second-priority pledge of all of the capital stock held by us (excluding the stock of Michaels of Canada, ULC) and our Subsidiary Guarantors (which pledge, in the case of the capital stock of any foreign subsidiary, is limited to 65% of the voting stock of such foreign subsidiary and 100% of the non-voting stock of such subsidiary); and

 

·                  a second-priority security interest in, and mortgages on, substantially all other tangible and intangible assets of us and each Subsidiary Guarantor, including substantially all of our owned real property and equipment.

 

The Asset-based revolving credit facility contains a number of covenants that, among other things and subject to certain exceptions, restricts the Company’s ability and the ability of its subsidiaries to:

 

·                  incur additional indebtedness;

 

·                  pay dividends on the Company’s capital stock or redeem, repurchase or retire the Company’s capital stock or its other indebtedness;

 

·                  make investments, loans, advances and acquisitions;

 

·                  create restrictions on the payment of dividends or other amounts to the Company from its restricted subsidiaries;

 

·                  engage in transactions with affiliates of the Company;

 

·                  sell assets, including capital stock of the Company’s subsidiaries;

 

·                  consolidate or merge; and

 

·                  create liens.

 

The covenants limiting dividends and other restricted payments, investments, loans, advances and acquisitions, and prepayments or redemptions of indebtedness, each permit the restricted actions in an unlimited amount, subject to the satisfaction of certain payment conditions, principally that we must have at least $125 million of pro forma excess availability under the Asset-based revolving credit facility and that we must be in pro forma compliance with the fixed charge coverage ratio described in the next paragraph.

 

Although the Asset-based revolving credit facility does not require us to comply with any financial ratio maintenance covenants, if we have less than $75 million of excess availability under the Asset-based revolving credit facility at any time, we are not permitted to borrow any additional amounts unless our pro forma Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (as defined in the Asset-based revolving credit facility) is at least 1.1 to 1.0. The Asset-based revolving credit facility also contains certain customary affirmative covenants and events of default.

 

Senior secured term loan facility

 

On October 31, 2006, we executed a $2.4 billion senior secured term loan facility with Deutsche Bank A.G. New York Branch, and other lenders. The full amount was borrowed on October 31, 2006. We are required to make scheduled quarterly payments, each equal to 0.25% of the original principal amount of the term loans, for the first six years and three quarters, with the balance payable on October 31, 2013.

 

Borrowings under the Senior secured term loan facility bear interest at a rate per annum equal to, at our option, either (a) a base rate determined by reference to the higher of (1) the prime rate of Deutsche Bank and (2) the federal funds effective rate plus  1/2 of 1% or (b) a LIBOR rate, subject to certain adjustments, in each case plus an applicable margin. At issuance date, the applicable margin was 2.00% with respect to base rate borrowings and 3.00% with respect to LIBOR borrowings, subject to downward adjustment based on the leverage and ratings thresholds set forth in the Senior secured term loan facility agreement. During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2006, we amended the Senior secured term loan facility such that the applicable margin with respect to the LIBOR borrowings was lowered from 3.00% to 2.75%.

 

On May 10, 2007, we amended the Senior secured term loan facility to reduce the applicable margin to 1.25% with respect to base rate

 

F-19



 

borrowings and 2.25% with respect to LIBOR borrowings. The amendment also provides that if there is a repricing transaction that reduces the interest rate margins prior to May 10, 2008, then each lender will receive a fee equal to 1.0% of the principal amounts of loans that are repriced. Finally, the amendment eliminated the requirement that we maintain a specified consolidated secured debt ratio.

 

The Senior secured term loan facility requires us to prepay outstanding term loans with (a) 100% of the net proceeds of any debt issued by us or our subsidiaries (with exceptions for certain debt permitted to be incurred under the Senior secured term loan facility) and (b) commencing with the fiscal year ending February 2, 2008, 50% (which percentage will be reduced to 25% if our total leverage ratio is less than  6.00:1.00 and will be reduced to 0% if our total leverage ratio is less than 5.00:1.00) of our annual Excess Cash Flow (as defined in the Senior secured term loan facility). We must also offer to prepay outstanding term loans at 100% of the principal amount to be prepaid, plus accrued and unpaid interest, with the proceeds of certain asset sales or casualty events under certain circumstances. We may voluntarily prepay outstanding loans under the Senior secured term loan facility at any time without premium or penalty other than customary breakage costs with respect to LIBOR loans.

 

All obligations under the Senior secured term loan facility are unconditionally guaranteed by each direct and indirect wholly-owned subsidiary that guarantees the obligations of the Company under the Asset-based revolving credit facility.  All obligations under the Senior secured term loan facility, and the guarantees of those obligations, are secured, subject to certain exceptions, by substantially all of our assets and the assets of the Subsidiary Guarantors, including:

 

·              a first-priority pledge of all of the capital stock held by us (excluding the stock of Michaels of Canada, ULC) and the Subsidiary Guarantors (which pledge, in the case of any foreign subsidiary, is limited to 65% of the voting stock of such foreign subsidiary and 100% of the non-voting stock of such subsidiary);

 

·                  a first-priority security interest in, and mortgages on, substantially all other tangible and intangible assets of us and each Subsidiary Guarantor, including substantially all of our owned real property and equipment, but excluding, among other things, the collateral described in the following bullet point; and

 

·                  a second-priority security interest in personal property consisting of inventory and related accounts, cash, deposit accounts, all payments received by us or the Subsidiary Guarantors from credit card clearinghouses and processors or otherwise in respect of all credit card charges and debit card charges for sales of inventory by us and the Subsidiary Guarantors, certain related assets and proceeds of the foregoing.

 

The Senior secured term loan facility contains a number of negative covenants that are substantially similar (but more restrictive in certain respects) to those governing the Senior Notes as well as certain other customary affirmative and negative covenants as well as events of default.

 

The aggregate amounts of scheduled maturities of our debt for the next five years and thereafter are as follows:

 

Fiscal Year

 

Amount

 

 

 

(In millions)

 

2008

 

$

122

 

2009

 

25

 

2010

 

24

 

2011

 

24

 

2012

 

24

 

Thereafter

 

3,644

 

 

 

 

3,863

 

Interest accretion on 13% Subordinated Discount Notes

 

 

176

 

Total

 

$

4,039

 

 

The weighted average interest rate of the current portion of our long-term debt as of February 2, 2008 was 6.4%.

 

The table below provides the carrying and fair values of our fixed rate debt as of February 2, 2008. Fair value of the Notes was determined based on quoted market prices.  The fair value of the Asset-based revolving credit facility and the Senior secured term loan approximate the carry amount due to the variable nature of the interest rates.

 

F-20



 

 

 

Fixed Rate Debt Fair Value

 

 

 

Carrying Value

 

Fair Value

 

 

 

(In millions)

 

Senior Notes

 

$

750

 

$

673

 

Senior Subordinated Notes

 

400

 

326

 

Subordinated Discount Notes

 

293

 

223

 

 

Unused letters of credit as of February 2, 2008 totaled $55 million.

 

Note 8.  Income Taxes

 

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of deferred tax assets and liabilities as of the respective year-end balance sheets are as follows:

 

 

 

Deferred Tax Asset (Liability)

 

 

 

February 2, 2008

 

February 3. 2007

 

 

 

Current

 

Noncurrent

 

Current

 

Noncurrent

 

 

 

(In millions)

 

Net operating loss, general business credit, and alternative minimum tax credit carryforwards

 

$

 

$

16

 

$

 

$

10

 

Accrued expenses

 

17

 

2

 

15

 

1

 

Deferred rent

 

 

16

 

 

16

 

Other deferred assets

 

10

 

7

 

10

 

9

 

State valuation allowance

 

 

(9

)

 

(6

)

Federal valuation allowance

 

 

(2

)

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

(27

)

 

(41

)

Translation adjustment

 

1

 

(7

)

 

(5

)

Workers compensation

 

17

 

 

15

 

 

Other deferred tax liabilities

 

(14

)

 

(5

)

(13

)

 

 

$

31

 

$

(4

)

$

35

 

$

(29

)

Net deferred tax assets

 

 

 

$

27

 

 

 

$

6

 

 

The federal and state income tax provision is as follows:

 

 

 

Fiscal Year

 

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

(In millions)

 

Federal:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current

 

$

(4

)

$

34

 

$

98

 

Deferred

 

(7

)

9

 

20

 

Federal income tax provision

 

(11

)

43

 

118

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

State:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current

 

8

 

13

 

14

 

Deferred

 

(6

)

(2

)

(3

)

State income tax provision

 

2

 

11

 

11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

International:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current

 

16

 

15

 

11

 

Deferred

 

(2

)

2

 

3

 

International income tax provision

 

14

 

17

 

14

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax provision from continued operations

 

$

5

 

$

71

 

$

143

 

 

F-21



 

The current federal and state income tax payable for fiscal 2005 includes a reduction in taxes of approximately $57 million, which relates to the change in our tax accounting method, which was approved by the Internal Revenue Service on August 21, 2006.

 

The reconciliation between the actual income tax provision and the income tax provision calculated by applying the federal statutory rate is as follows:

 

 

 

Fiscal Year

 

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

(In millions)

 

Income tax provision (benefit) at statutory rate

 

$

(6

)

$

40

 

$

131

 

State income taxes, net of federal income tax effect

 

(1

)

2

 

12

 

Non-deductible goodwill write-off

 

8

 

 

 

Non-deductible severance payments

 

2

 

 

 

Non-deductible merger related costs

 

 

25

 

 

Federal valuation allowance

 

2

 

 

 

State valuation allowance

 

3

 

6

 

 

Other

 

(3

)

(2

)

 

Total income tax from continued operations

 

$

5

 

$

71

 

$

143

 

 

At February 2, 2008, we had state net operating loss carryforwards to reduce future taxable income of approximately $196 million expiring at various dates between fiscal 2008 and fiscal 2028. The valuation allowance related to gross state operating loss carryforwards was increased to $14 million in fiscal 2007 to reserve for state operating loss carryforwards which we believe it is more likely than not that we will be unable to deduct these amounts.  Additionally, we established a valuation allowance of $2 million related to general business and foreign tax credit carryforwards, which we believe it is more likely than not that we will be unable to utilize these credits in future periods.

 

Uncertain Tax Positions

 

We operate in a number of tax jurisdictions and are subject to examination of our income tax returns by tax authorities in those jurisdictions who may challenge any item on these tax returns.  Because the tax matters challenged by tax authorities are typically complex, the ultimate outcome of these challenges is uncertain.

 

Throughout fiscal 2006, in accordance with prior accounting standards, we assessed the ultimate resolution of uncertain tax matters as they arose and established reserves for tax contingencies when we believed an unfavorable outcome was probable and the liability could be reasonably estimated.  As of February 3, 2007, we had tax reserves of $13 million that were recorded as a component of non-current deferred tax liabilities.

 

Effective February 3, 2007, we adopted the provisions of FIN 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes.  In accordance with FIN No. 48, we recognized a cumulative-effect adjustment of $1 million, increasing our liability for unrecognized tax benefits, interest and penalties and reducing the February 3, 2007, balance of Retained Earnings.  A reconciliation of the beginning amount of unrecognized tax benefits from adoption of FIN 48 through the end of fiscal 2007 is as follows:

 

 

 

Fiscal Year

 

 

 

2007

 

 

 

(in millions)

 

Balance at February 3, 2007 upon adoption of FIN 48

 

$

14

 

 

 

 

 

Additions based on tax positions related to the current year

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

Additions for tax positions of prior years

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

Reductions for tax positions of prior years

 

(1

)

 

 

 

 

Settlements with taxing authorities

 

(2

)

 

 

 

 

Balance at February 2, 2008

 

$

14

 

 

Included in the balance of unrecognized tax benefits at February 2, 2008, is $13 million in unrecognized tax benefits, the recognition of which would have an effect on the effective tax rate.  The amount differs from the gross unrecognized tax benefits presented in the

 

F-22



 

table due to the decrease in U.S. federal income taxes that would occur upon recognition of the state tax benefits included therein.

 

Our policy continues to be to classify all income tax related interest and penalties as income tax expense.  During the year ended February 2, 2008, we recognized $1 million in income tax interest and penalties.  As of February 2, 2008, we have an accrual of $3 million for potential payment of interest and penalties.

 

We identified our federal tax return, Canadian tax return, and state tax returns in California, Florida, Illinois, New York, North Carolina, Pennsylvania, and Texas as “major” tax jurisdictions.  The periods subject to examination for our federal return are 2002 to present, 2000 to present for our Canadian return, and 2003 to present for all major state returns except for California, North Carolina, and Texas.  These states are subject to examination as follows:   California from 1999 to present, North Carolina from 2001 to present, and Texas from 2002 to present. We do not anticipate significant changes in unrecognized tax benefits during the coming fiscal year.

 

Note 9.  Share-Based Compensation

 

On February 15, 2007, our stockholders and Board of Directors approved the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (“2006 Plan”), which provides for the grant of share-based awards exercisable for up to 14.2 million shares of Common Stock.  Generally, awards vest ratably over five years and expire eight years from the grant date.  Share-based compensation expense for fiscal 2007 was approximately $6 million.

 

On May 10, 2005, our Board of Directors adopted our 2005 Incentive Compensation Plan (the “2005 Plan”) authorizing the grant of options, appreciation rights, restricted shares of our Common Stock, restricted stock units, performance shares, performance units, and senior executive plan bonuses.

 

The 2005 Plan was approved by our stockholders at our Annual Meeting of Stockholders on June 16, 2005. Concurrent with stockholder approval, we ceased granting options under the 1997 Stock Option Plan, 2001 General Stock Option Plan, and the 2001 Employee Stock Option Plan. Awards outstanding under the previous plans remained in effect according to their respective terms and provisions. Generally, options and restricted shares issued to employees under the plans had a five year term and vested over a three year period following the date of grant, while options issued to directors under the plans had a five year term and vested immediately.

 

As more fully described in Note 5, we elected to early adopt SFAS No. 123(R), Share-Based Payment, in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2005. We applied the provisions of the modified retrospective transition method from the beginning of fiscal 2005. As a result, we recorded compensation expense for unvested awards based on the amounts previously determined for pro forma disclosure under SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, for the first three quarters of fiscal 2005. Beginning in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2005, compensation cost was recorded based on the grant date fair value of the award and ratably recognized as expense over the effective vesting period.

 

On June 30, 2006, the then-Board of Directors approved a resolution that provided for a contingent cash settlement feature within the options granted under the various plans. The cash settlement feature was contingent upon consummation of the Merger. On the Merger date, all options outstanding as of the Merger date were exchanged for the right to receive the excess of $44.00 per share over the exercise price of the underlying option.  There were no options outstanding as of February 3, 2007.

 

The fair value for options granted under SFAS No. 123(R) was estimated at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes-Merton option valuation model with the following assumptions:

 

 

 

Fiscal Year

 

Assumptions (1)

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

Risk-free interest rates (2)

 

3.4% - 5.0%

 

4.6% - 4.9%

 

3.5% - 4.4%

 

Expected dividend yield

 

0.0%

 

1.0%

 

0.8% - 1.2%

 

Expected volatility rates of our Common Stock (3)

 

30.1% - 38.2%

 

22.6% - 30.6%

 

28.3% - 45.7%

 

Expected life of options (in years) (4)

 

5.5 - 7.5

 

2.5 - 3.0

 

2.5 - 3.2

 


(1)      Forfeitures were estimated based on historical experience and anticipated events.

 

(2)      Based on constant maturity interest rates for U.S. Treasury instruments with terms consistent with the expected lives of the awards.

 

(3)      We considered both the historical volatility as well as implied volatilities from the exchange-traded options on the common stock from a peer group of companies.

 

(4)      Expected lives were based on an analysis of historical exercise and post-vesting employment termination behavior.

 

F-23



 

Our fiscal 2007 stock option activity and other summary data are summarized in the following tables:

 

 

 

Fiscal Year 2007 Activity

 

 

 

Outstanding

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding

 

 

 

at Beginning

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited/

 

at End of

 

 

 

of Year

 

Granted

 

Exercised

 

Expired

 

Year

 

 

 

(In millions, except per share data)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of options

 

 

14

 

 

(3

)

11

 

Weighted average exercise price

 

$

 

$

26.25

 

$

 

$

26.25

 

$

26.25

 

 

As of the beginning of fiscal 2007, there were no options outstanding.  At the end of fiscal 2007, all outstanding options were nonvested.

 

 

 

Fiscal Year

 

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

(In millions, except per share data)

 

Weighted average fair value of options  granted during the year (per share)

 

$

3.82

 

$

2.47

 

$

4.16

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total intrinsic value of options  exercised during the year

 

 

 

 

214

 

 

58

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total fair value of options that vested  during the year

 

 

 

 

78

 

 

26

 

 

As of February 2, 2008, there are 133,333 shares of restricted stock outstanding.

 

Note 10.  Retirement Plans

 

We sponsor a 401(k) Savings Plan for our eligible employees and certain of our subsidiaries. Participation in the 401(k) Savings Plan is voluntary and available to any employee who is 21 years of age and has completed 500 hours of service in a six-month eligibility period. Participants may elect to contribute up to 15% of their considered compensation on a pre-tax basis and up to 10% on an after-tax basis. In accordance with the provisions of the 401(k) Savings Plan, we make a matching cash contribution to the account of each participant in an amount equal to 50% of the participant’s pre-tax contributions that do not exceed 6% of the participant’s considered compensation for the year. Matching contributions, and the actual earnings thereon, vest to the participants based on years of continuous service, with 100% vesting after three years. Our matching contribution expense, net of forfeitures, was $3 million for each of fiscal 2007, 2006 and 2005.

 

Note 11.  Commitments and Contingencies

 

Commitments

 

We operate stores and use distribution centers, office facilities, and equipment that are generally leased under non-cancelable operating leases, the majority of which provide for renewal options. Future minimum annual rental commitments for capital leases and all non-cancelable operating leases as of February 2, 2008 are as follows (in millions):

 

F-24



 

For the Fiscal Year:

 

Operating Leases

 

Capital Leases

 

2008

 

$

319

 

$

10

 

2009

 

301

 

 

2010

 

260

 

 

2011

 

217

 

 

2012

 

175

 

 

Thereafter

 

473

 

 

Total minimum rental commitments

 

$

1,745

 

$

10

 

 

Rental expense applicable to non-cancelable operating leases was $293 million, $280 million, and $263 million, in fiscal 2007, 2006, and 2005, respectively.

 

As of February 2, 2008, we had commitments outstanding for purchase obligations related to merchandise inventories of approximately $41 million.

 

Shareholder Claims

 

State Court Litigation

 

The Company was a defendant in a consolidated action filed by purported former shareholders Julie Fathergill, Feivel Gottlieb, and Roberta Schuman, who sought to represent a class of other former shareholders.  The action was a consolidation of three previously-filed lawsuits and was pending in the 192nd District Court for Dallas County, Texas.  The plaintiffs’ claims arose out of the Merger and, in addition to Michaels, the plaintiffs named as defendants certain former and then-current officers and directors of Michaels and certain other entities involved in the Merger or affiliated therewith.  The plaintiffs alleged that the Merger was procedurally and financially unfair to Michaels’ then-shareholders and asserted claims for breach of fiduciary duty against the individual defendants and claims for aiding and abetting such breaches against the entities.  Among other things, plaintiffs sought (i) a declaration that the Merger was void and ordering it rescinded; (ii) an accounting for, disgorgement of, and the imposition of a constructive trust on, property and profits received by the defendants; and (iii) unspecified damages, including rescissory damages. As reported in our Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended August 4, 2007, plaintiffs Feivel Gottlieb and Roberta Schuman voluntarily dismissed their claims in July 2007.  In December 2007, the parties reached a settlement of Julie Fathergill’s claims.  The terms of the parties’ agreement are confidential but had no material effect on our financial condition.  The court granted Ms. Fathergill’s motion to dismiss on December 28, 2007.

 

Federal Court Litigation

 

The Company is also a defendant in an action filed on September 6, 2006 by a former purported shareholder, Massachusetts Laborers’ Annuity Fund, which seeks to represent a class of other former shareholders.  This action has been consolidated with two other actions filed by other purported former shareholders and is pending in the United States District Court, Northern District of Texas, Dallas Division.  By an order dated December 8, 2006, Massachusetts Laborers’ Annuity Fund was named the lead plaintiff in this action.  On July 5, 2007 the lead plaintiff filed a first amended consolidated class action complaint, which names Michaels and certain of its current and former officers and directors as defendants.  The amended complaint alleges that the defendants misrepresented and/or omitted material facts in Michaels’ annual proxy statements for 2004, 2005 and 2006, including, among others, failing to disclose:  (a) Michaels’ and the defendants’ alleged option backdating practices; (b) information regarding transactions and holdings of Michaels Common Stock by certain trusts owned by or for the benefit of two of Michaels’ former officers and directors and their family members; and (c) that Michaels and the defendants had reported false financial statements as a result of those practices.  Further, the amended complaint makes allegations regarding the Company’s financial restatement of periods prior to 2006, as well as the Merger In the amended complaint, the lead plaintiff asserts claims against all defendants for violations of Section 14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, Rule 14a-9 promulgated thereunder, and Section 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.  The lead plaintiff seeks, among other relief, (a) an indeterminate amount of damages, (b) pre-judgment and post-judgment interest, (c) an award of attorneys’ fees and costs, and (d) equitable or injunctive relief, including the rescission of stock option grants.  We are unable to estimate a range of possible loss, if any, in these claims, and intend to defend this lawsuit vigorously.

 

Employee Class Action Claims

 

Cotton Claim

 

On December 20, 2002, James Cotton, a former store manager of Michaels of Canada, ULC, our wholly-owned subsidiary, and Suzette Kennedy, a former assistant manager of Michaels of Canada, commenced a purported class proceeding against Michaels of Canada and Michaels Stores, Inc. on behalf of themselves and current and former employees employed in Canada. The Cotton claim was filed in the Ontario Superior Court of Justice and alleges that the defendants violated employment standards legislation in Ontario and other provinces and territories of Canada by failing to pay overtime compensation as required by that legislation. The Cotton claim also alleges that this conduct was in breach of the contracts of employment of those individuals. The Cotton claim seeks a declaration that the

 

F-25



 

defendants have acted in breach of applicable legislation, payment to current and former employees for overtime, damages for breach of contract, punitive, aggravated and exemplary damages, interest, and costs. In May of 2005, the plaintiffs delivered material in support of their request that this action be certified as a class proceeding. Michaels filed and served its responding materials opposing class certification on January 31, 2006. A date has not yet been set for the hearing with respect to certification. We intend to contest certification of this claim as a class action. Further, we believe we have certain defenses on the merits and intend to defend this lawsuit vigorously. We are unable to estimate a range of possible loss, if any, in this claim.

 

DeJoseph Claim

 

On December 29, 2006, John DeJoseph, a former Michaels store manager in Valencia, California, commenced a purported class action proceeding against Michaels Stores, Inc. on behalf of himself and current and former salaried store employees employed in California from May 10, 2002 to the present. The DeJoseph suit was filed in the Superior Court of California, County of Los Angeles.  The DeJoseph suit alleges that Michaels failed to pay overtime wages, provide meal periods, accurately record hours worked, provide itemized employee wage statements, and that Michaels unlawfully made deductions from employees’ earnings.  The DeJoseph suit additionally alleges that the foregoing conduct was in breach of California’s unfair competition law.  The plaintiff seeks injunctive relief, damages for unpaid wages, penalties, restitution, interest, and attorneys’ fees and costs.  In January 2008, the plaintiff submitted a brief in support of class certification.  We contested class certification by filing responding materials on March 14, 2008.  We believe we have certain meritorious defenses and intend to defend this lawsuit vigorously. We are unable to estimate a range of loss, if any, in this case.

 

Torgerson Claim

 

On January 26, 2007, Katherine Torgerson, a former “lead framer” for Aaron Brothers in San Diego, California, filed a purported class action proceeding in the Superior Court of California, County of San Diego.  Torgerson filed this action against Aaron Brothers, Inc. on behalf of herself and all current and former California-based leads or keyholders.  The Torgerson suit alleges that Aaron Brothers failed to provide its leads and keyholders with adequate meal and rest breaks (or compensation in lieu thereof) and accurate wage statements.  The Torgerson suit additionally alleges that the foregoing conduct was in breach of California’s unfair competition law.   The plaintiff seeks injunctive relief, compensatory damages, meal and rest break penalties, waiting time penalties, interest, and attorneys’ fees and costs.  The parties participated in voluntary mediation on July 10, 2007 and have reached a tentative settlement of the case.  Subject to final court approval, the parties have agreed to a claims made process, with no material impact on our statement of operations, balance sheet, or cash flows for any period presented.

 

Hernandez Claim

 

On April 12, 2007, Antonio Hernandez and five other floor care contractor employees filed a purported class action proceeding in Superior Court of California, County of Orange.  The plaintiffs filed this action against Michaels Stores, Inc., Marshalls and TJ Maxx on behalf of themselves and all similarly-situated individuals in California.  The Hernandez suit alleges that they were joint employees with Michaels, Marshalls, TJ Maxx, and Creative Building Maintenance.  The suit also alleges that Michaels’ conduct violates California’s unfair competition law.  The plaintiffs seek injunctive relief, damages for unpaid overtime, itemized wage statement penalties, meal and rest break penalties, interest, and attorneys’ fees.  We intend to contest certification of this claim as a class action.  Further, we believe we have certain defenses on the merits and intend to defend this lawsuit vigorously.  We are unable to estimate a range of possible loss, if any, in this claim.

 

Palmer Claim

 

On August 30, 2007, Rebecca Palmer, a consumer, filed a purported class action proceeding in Superior Court of California, County of San Diego.  Palmer filed this action against Michaels Stores, Inc., on behalf of herself and all similarly-situated California consumers.  The Palmer suit alleges that Michaels unlawfully requested and recorded personally identifiable information (i.e., her zip code) as part of a credit card transaction.  The plaintiff seeks statutory penalties, interest, and attorneys’ fees.  We intend to contest certification of this claim as a class action.  Further, we believe we have certain defenses on the merits and intend to defend this lawsuit vigorously.  We are unable to estimate a range of possible loss, if any, in this claim.

 

Governmental Inquiries and Related Matters

 

Non-U.S. Trust Inquiry

 

In early 2005, the District Attorney’s office of the County of New York and the SEC opened inquiries concerning non-U.S. trusts that directly or indirectly held shares of Michaels Common Stock and Common Stock options. A federal grand jury requested information with respect to the same facts. We are cooperating in these inquiries and have provided information in response to the requests.

 

F-26



 

Certain of these trusts and corporate subsidiaries of the trusts acquired securities of Michaels in transactions directly or indirectly with Charles J. Wyly, Jr. and Sam Wyly, who were, respectively, Chairman and Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors prior to the consummation of the Merger, or with other Wyly family members. In addition, subsidiaries of certain of these trusts acquired securities directly from us in private placement transactions in 1996 and 1997 and upon the exercise of stock options transferred, directly or indirectly, to the trusts or their subsidiaries by Charles Wyly, Sam Wyly, or other Wyly family members.

 

We understand that Charles Wyly and Sam Wyly and/or certain of their family members are beneficiaries of irrevocable non-U.S. trusts. The 1996 and 1997 private placement sales by us of Michaels securities to subsidiaries of certain of these trusts were disclosed by us in filings with the SEC. The transfer by Charles Wyly and/or Sam Wyly (or by other Wyly family members or family-related entities) of Michaels securities to certain of these trusts and subsidiaries was also disclosed in filings with the SEC by us and/or by Charles Wyly and Sam Wyly. Based on information provided to us, our SEC filings prior to 2005 did not report securities owned by the non-U.S. trusts or their corporate subsidiaries as beneficially owned by Charles Wyly and Sam Wyly.

 

Charles Wyly and Sam Wyly filed an amended Schedule 13D with the SEC on April 8, 2005, stating that they may be deemed the beneficial owners of Michaels securities held directly or indirectly by the non-U.S. trusts.  In our 2005 and 2006 proxy statements, we included the securities held in the non-U.S. trusts or their separate subsidiaries, as reported by the Wylys, in the beneficial ownership table of our principal stockholders and management, with appropriate footnotes.

 

Stock Options Inquiry

 

On June 15, 2006, following Michaels’ announcement that its Audit Committee had initiated an internal review, referred to below, into the Company’s historical stock options practices, Michaels received a letter from the Division of Enforcement of the SEC requesting that the Company preserve all documents concerning its granting of stock options from 1990 through the present and stating that the SEC intended to request production of such documents in the future. In a letter dated November 15, 2006, the Division requested the documents. A June 16, 2006 grand jury subpoena issued by the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York requesting documents relating to the granting of stock options during the period 1996 to the present was withdrawn in connection with a July 27, 2006 grand jury subpoena issued by the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Texas on behalf of the Fraud section of the Department of Justice requesting documents relating to the granting of stock options during the same period.  We are cooperating in these inquiries and have provided information in response to the requests.

 

The Company’s Audit Committee conducted an internal review into the Company’s historical stock options practices, including a review of the Company’s underlying option grant documentation and procedures and related accounting.  The Audit Committee’s internal review was conducted with the assistance of independent legal counsel and outside accounting experts.  The Company voluntarily reported the commencement of this review to the SEC.

 

The Audit Committee review focused principally on the question of whether there may have been intentional wrongdoing in the Company’s historical stock options granting practices.  On August 25, 2006, the Audit Committee’s independent legal counsel presented to the Audit Committee its final report, which stated that the investigation did not support a conclusion that there was intentional misconduct.  Based on the independent counsel report, the Audit Committee concluded that the results of the investigation did not support a finding of intentional misconduct.

 

The Company also conducted a separate internal review of historical stock option practices and related accounting issues from 1990 through the Merger date.  In this review, the Company was advised, with respect to specific Delaware law issues, by independent Delaware counsel and, with respect to specific Texas law issues, by independent Texas counsel.  Management of the Company discussed its internal review and related judgments with the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm and the Board of Directors and Audit Committee.  Notwithstanding that the Audit Committee concluded that the results of the investigation did not support a finding of intentional misconduct, the Company identified accounting issues related to certain of the stock option grants prior to October 2001.  As a result, and as previously reported in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for fiscal year 2006, in fiscal 2007 we made adjustments to our beginning retained earnings balance for fiscal 2002 by recording additional non-cash compensation cost of approximately $27 million, net of income tax benefits of approximately $13 million.

 

A pending shareholder lawsuit against the Company, the then-current and certain former directors, and certain then-current and former officers of Michaels also includes claims relating to the Company’s historical stock options practices. See “Shareholder Claims — Federal Court Litigation” above.

 

F-27



 

General

 

We are a defendant from time to time in lawsuits incidental to our business. Based on currently available information, we believe that resolution of all known contingencies is uncertain. There can be no assurance that future costs of such litigation would not be material to our financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

 

Note 12.  Concentration of Credit Risk

 

We periodically invest our excess cash and equivalents in money market funds and trusts which are not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other financial or government institution. We also deposit a portion of our cash and equivalents with numerous federally-insured financial institutions, the balances of which often exceed $100,000. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insures each account up to a maximum of $100,000 of the aggregate account balance with each institution. We believe counterparty default risk is low as we only use financial institutions with investment grade ratings or funds and trusts which invest in securities with investment grade ratings and that possess the necessary liquidity to satisfy our redemption needs.

 

Note 13.  Segments and Geographic Information

 

We consider our Michaels and Aaron Brothers operations to be our operating segments for purposes of determining reportable segments based on the criteria of SFAS No. 131, Disclosures About Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information. We determined that our Michaels and Aaron Brothers operating segments have similar economic characteristics and meet the aggregation criteria set forth in paragraph 17 of SFAS No. 131. Therefore, we combine both operating segments into one reporting segment.

 

The accounting policies of the operating segments are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies in Note 1.

 

Our chief operating decision makers evaluate historical operating performance, plan and forecast future periods’ operating performance, and base incentive compensation targets for certain management personnel on earnings before interest, income taxes, and depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”). A reconciliation of income before income taxes, discontinued operations and cumulative effect of accounting change to EBITDA is presented below.

 

 

 

Fiscal Year

 

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

Income before income taxes, discontinued operations and cumulative effect of accounting change

 

$

(17

)

$

115

 

$

375

 

Interest expense

 

378

 

105

 

22

 

Interest income

 

(1

)

(10

)

(8

)

Depreciation and amortization

 

125

 

119

 

100

 

EBITDA

 

$

485

 

$

329

 

$

489

 

 

Our sales and assets by country are as follows:

 

 

 

Net Sales

 

Total Assets

 

 

 

(in millions)

 

Fiscal 2007:

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

$

3,558

 

$

1,507

 

Canada

 

304

 

107

 

Consolidated total

 

$

3,862

 

$

1,614

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal 2006:

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

$

3,578

 

$

1,610

 

Canada

 

265

 

83

 

Consolidated total

 

$

3,843

 

$

1,693

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal 2005:

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

$

3,434

 

$

1,810

 

Canada

 

225

 

66

 

Consolidated total

 

$

3,659

 

$

1,876

 

 

F-28



 

We present assets based on their physical, geographic location. Certain assets located in the United States are also used to support our Canadian operations, but we do not allocate these assets to Canada.

 

Note 14.  Related Party Transactions

 

We pay annual management fees to the Sponsors in the amount of $12 million and an annual management fee to Highfields Capital Management LP in the amount of  $1 million. We recognized $13 million and $3 million of expense in fiscal 2007 and 2006, respectively, related to annual management fees.

 

As more fully described in Note 4, during fiscal 2006, we paid the Sponsors transaction fees totaling $60 million in connection with services provided by them related to the Merger. We recognized $24 million of the Sponsor transaction fees as an expense, capitalized $27 million of the fees as debt issuance costs, and classified $9 million as equity issuance costs.  We also reimbursed the Sponsors, or paid on their behalf, Merger-related fees of $15 million incurred by them.  Of the $15 million, we expensed $9 million and capitalized $6 million as debt issuance costs.

 

Bain Capital owns a majority ownership stake in an external vendor we utilize to print our circular advertisements.  Expenses associated with this vendor during fiscal 2007 and fiscal 2006 were $46 million and $44 million, respectively.  These expenses are included in selling, general and administrative expense on the consolidated statements of operations

 

During the first quarter of fiscal 2007, The Blackstone Group acquired a majority ownership stake in an external vendor we utilize to count our store inventory. Expenses associated with this vendor during fiscal 2007 were $5 million.  These expenses are included in selling, general and administrative expense on the consolidated statements of operations.

 

During the third quarter of fiscal 2007, Bain Capital acquired an ownership stake in an external vendor we utilize for non-merchandise supplies.  Expenses associated with this vendor during fiscal 2007 were approximately $3 million.  These expenses are included in selling, general and administrative expense on the consolidated statements of operations.

 

During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2006, we executed a participation agreement with CoreTrust Purchasing Group (“CPG”), which designates CPG as our exclusive supplier of certain non-merchandise supplies and equipment. In exchange, we are offered non-merchandise supplies and equipment from a variety of vendors at a pre-determined price. We do not pay any fees to participate in this group arrangement, and we can terminate our participation prior to the expiration of the agreement without penalty. The vendors separately pay fees to CPG for access to its consortium of customers. The Blackstone Group, one of our Sponsors, entered into an agreement with CPG whereby The Blackstone Group receives a portion of the gross fees vendors pay to CPG based on the volume of purchases made by us and other participants.

 

During fiscal 2007, officers of Michaels Stores, Inc. and its subsidiaries were offered the opportunity to purchase shares of our Common Stock. We sold  541,006 shares, or approximately $8 million, of our Common Stock at a price of $15 per share to certain officers. Also, we repurchased 93,333 shares of our Common Stock at $15 per share from officers who are no longer with the Company.

 

In connection with the consummation of the Merger, the Company entered into a Separation Agreement with each of Charles Wyly and Sam Wyly, executive officers and directors of the Company prior to the Merger.  Under the Separation Agreements, each of Charles Wyly and Sam Wyly received a lump sum payment of $3 million in exchange for his agreement to adhere to certain non-competition, non-solicitation and confidentiality restrictions. We are amortizing these Separation Agreements over two years.

 

Donald R. Miller, Jr., the son-in-law of Charles J. Wyly, Jr., was Vice President — Market Development of Michaels until his departure on November 1, 2006.  In fiscal 2006, we paid Mr. Miller $212,000 in salary.  Mr. Miller also earned a fiscal 2006 cash bonus of $80,153 and received $177,470 in other fiscal 2006 compensation, including premium payments for life and long-term disability insurance, Company contributions to the 401(k) plan, medical benefits, other perquisites and personal benefits and tax gross-up payments.  In addition, upon his resignation, Mr. Miller became entitled to severance benefits under a Change in Control Agreement dated April 26, 2006, and a bonus under a Change in Control Bonus Plan, the terms of each of which are described under “Executive and Director Compensation — Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control — Rights and Potential Payments Upon a Change in Control.”  Under the Agreement and Plan, Mr. Miller was paid the aggregate amount of $867,000 and became entitled to a continuation for two years of welfare and fringe benefits, at an estimated cost to the Company of $73,493.  Mr. Miller is also entitled to reimbursement for outplacement services of up to $50,000.

 

Note 15.  Condensed Consolidating Financial Information

 

All of the Company’s obligations under the Senior notes, Senior subordinated notes, Subordinated discount notes, Senior secured term loan, and Asset-based revolving credit facility are guaranteed by the Parent and Guarantor subsidiaries.  Currently, there are no non-

 

F-29



 

guarantor subsidiaries.  The following condensed consolidating financial information represents the financial information of Michaels Stores, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiary guarantors, prepared on the equity basis of accounting.  The information is presented in accordance with the requirements of Rule 3-10 under the SEC’s Regulation S-X.  The financial information may not necessarily be indicative of results of operations, cash flows, or financial position had the subsidiary guarantors operated as independent entities.

 

F-30



 

Supplemental Condensed Consolidating Statement of Operations

 

 

 

Fiscal Year 2007

 

 

 

Parent
Company

 

Guarantor
Subsidiaries

 

Eliminations

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

(in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales

 

$

3,383

 

$

2,012

 

$

(1,533

)

$

3,862

 

Cost of sales and occupancy expense

 

2,274

 

1,642

 

(1,533

)

2,383

 

Gross profit

 

1,109

 

370

 

 

1,479

 

Selling, general, and administrative expense

 

918

 

133

 

 

1,051

 

Transaction expenses

 

29

 

 

 

29

 

Goodwill impairment

 

 

22

 

 

22

 

Related party expenses

 

17

 

 

 

17

 

Store pre-opening costs

 

5

 

1

 

 

6

 

Operating income

 

140

 

214

 

 

354

 

Interest expense

 

378

 

 

 

378

 

Other (income) and expense, net

 

(1

)

(6

)

 

(7

)

Intercompany charges (income)

 

79

 

(79

)

 

 

Equity in earnings of subsidiaries

 

299

 

 

(299

)

 

Income (loss) before income taxes and discontinued operations

 

(17

)

299

 

(299

)

(17

)

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

 

(3

)

120

 

(112

)

5

 

Income (loss) before discontinued operations

 

(14

)

179

 

(187

)

(22

)

Discontinued operations loss, net of income tax

 

(10

)

 

 

(10

)

Net income (loss)

 

$

(24

)

$

179

 

$

(187

)

$

(32

)

 

F-31



 

Supplemental Condensed Consolidating Statement of Operations

 

 

 

Fiscal Year 2006

 

 

 

Parent
Company

 

Guarantor
Subsidiaries

 

Eliminations

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

(in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales

 

$

3,393

 

$

1,867

 

$

(1,417

)

$

3,843

 

Cost of sales and occupancy expense

 

2,281

 

1,500

 

(1,417

)

2,364

 

Gross profit

 

1,112

 

367

 

 

1,479

 

Selling, general, and administrative expense

 

904

 

119

 

 

1,023

 

Transaction expenses

 

205

 

 

 

205

 

Goodwill impairment

 

 

 

 

 

Related party expenses

 

38

 

 

 

38

 

Store pre-opening costs

 

4

 

1

 

 

5

 

Operating (loss) income

 

(39

)

247

 

 

208

 

Interest expense

 

105

 

 

 

105

 

Other (income) and expense, net

 

(12

)

 

 

(12

)

Intercompany charges (income)

 

83

 

(83

)

 

 

Equity in earnings of subsidiaries

 

330

 

 

(330

)

 

Income (loss) before income taxes and discontinued operations

 

115

 

330

 

(330

)

115

 

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

 

71

 

126

 

(126

)

71

 

Income (loss) before discontinued operations

 

44

 

204

 

(204

)

44

 

Discontinued operations loss, net of income tax

 

(3

)

 

 

(3

)

Net income (loss)

 

$

41

 

$

204

 

$

(204

)

$

41

 

 

F-32



 

Supplemental Condensed Consolidating Statement of Operations

 

 

 

Fiscal Year 2005

 

 

 

Parent
Company

 

Guarantor
Subsidiaries

 

Eliminations

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

(in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales

 

$

3,246

 

$

1,730

 

$

(1,317

)

$

3,659

 

Cost of sales and occupancy expense

 

2,211

 

1,394

 

(1,317

)

2,288

 

Gross profit

 

1,035

 

336

 

 

1,371

 

Selling, general, and administrative expense

 

864

 

113

 

 

977

 

Transaction expenses

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill impairment

 

 

 

 

 

Related party expenses

 

 

 

 

 

Store pre-opening costs

 

6

 

1

 

 

7

 

Operating income

 

165

 

222

 

 

387

 

Interest expense

 

22

 

 

 

22

 

Other (income) and expense, net

 

(9

)

(1

)

 

(10

)

Intercompany charges (income)

 

88

 

(88

)

 

 

Equity in earnings of subsidiaries

 

311

 

 

(311

)

 

Income before income taxes, discontinued operations and cumulative effect of accounting change

 

375

 

311

 

(311

)

375

 

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

 

143

 

119

 

(119

)

143

 

Income (loss) before discontinued operations and cumulative effect of accounting change

 

232

 

192

 

(192

)

232

 

Discontinued operations loss, net of income tax

 

(4

)

 

 

(4

)

Cumulative effect of accounting change, net of income tax of $5 million

 

(7

)

 

 

(7

)

Net income

 

$

221

 

$

192

 

$

(192

)

$

221

 

 

F-33



 

Supplemental Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheet

 

 

 

February 2, 2008

 

 

 

Parent

 

Guarantor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Company

 

Subsidiaries

 

Eliminations

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

(in millions)

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and equivalents

 

$

26

 

$

3

 

$

 

$

29

 

Merchandise inventories

 

622

 

223

 

 

845

 

Intercompany receivables

 

 

250

 

(250

)

 

Other

 

61

 

45

 

 

106

 

Total current assets

 

709

 

521

 

(250

)

$

980

 

Property and equipment, net

 

308

 

125

 

 

433

 

Goodwill, net

 

94

 

 

 

94

 

Investment in subsidiaries

 

325

 

 

(325

)

 

Other assets

 

91

 

16

 

 

107

 

Total assets

 

$

1,527

 

$

662

 

$

(575

)

$

1,614

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

$

29

 

$

192

 

$

 

$

221

 

Accrued liabilities and other

 

249

 

83

 

 

332

 

Current portion of long-term debt

 

122

 

 

 

122

 

Intercompany payable

 

250

 

 

(250

)

 

Other

 

(37

)

41

 

 

4

 

Total current liabilities

 

613

 

316

 

(250

)

679

 

Long-term debt

 

3,741

 

 

 

3,741

 

Other long-term liabilities

 

65

 

21

 

 

86

 

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

 

(2,892

)

325

 

(325

)

(2,892

)

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity (deficit)

 

$

1,527

 

$

662

 

$

(575

)

$

1,614

 

 

F-34



 

Supplemental Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheet

 

 

 

February 3, 2007

 

 

 

Parent

 

Guarantor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Company

 

Subsidiaries

 

Eliminations

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

(in millions)

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and equivalents

 

$

27

 

$

3

 

$

 

$

30

 

Merchandise inventories

 

638

 

202

 

 

840

 

Intercompany receivables

 

 

178

 

(178

)

 

Other

 

111

 

19

 

 

130

 

Total current assets

 

776

 

402

 

(178

)

$

1,000

 

Property and equipment, net

 

320

 

122

 

 

442

 

Goodwill, net

 

94

 

22

 

 

116

 

Investment in subsidiaries

 

310

 

 

(310

)

 

Other assets

 

121

 

14

 

 

135

 

Total assets

 

$

1,621

 

$

560

 

$

(488

)

$

1,693

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

$

69

 

$

145

 

$

 

$

214

 

Accrued liabilities and other

 

221

 

69

 

 

290

 

Current portion of long-term debt

 

230

 

 

 

230

 

Intercompany payable

 

178

 

 

(178

)

 

Other

 

(3

)

11

 

 

8

 

Total current liabilities

 

695

 

225

 

(178

)

742

 

Long-term debt

 

3,729

 

 

 

3,729

 

Other long-term liabilities

 

72

 

25

 

 

97

 

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

 

(2,875

)

310

 

(310

)

(2,875

)

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity (deficit)

 

$

1,621

 

$

560

 

$

(488

)

$

1,693

 

 

F-35



 

Supplemental Condensed Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows

 

 

 

Fiscal Year 2007

 

 

 

Parent Company

 

Guarantor Subsidiaries

 

Eliminations

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

(in millions)

 

Operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

$

236

 

$

244

 

$

(212

)

$

268

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid for property and equipment

 

(68

)

(32

)

 

(100

)

Net cash used in investing activities

 

(68

)

(32

)

 

(100

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net borrowings (repayments) of long-term debt

 

(134

)

 

 

(134

)

Intercompany dividends

 

 

(212

)

212

 

 

Other financing activities

 

(35

)

 

 

(35

)

Net cash used in financing activities

 

(169

)

(212

)

212

 

(169

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Increase (decrease) in cash and equivalents

 

(1

)

 

 

(1

)

Beginning cash and cash equivalents

 

27

 

3

 

 

30

 

Ending cash and cash equivalents

 

$

26

 

$

3

 

$

 

$

29

 

 

F-36



 

Supplemental Condensed Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows

 

 

 

Fiscal Year 2006

 

 

 

Parent Company

 

Guarantor Subsidiaries

 

Eliminations

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

(in millions)

 

Operating Activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

$

133

 

$

206

 

$

(182

)

$

157

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investing Activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid for property and equipment

 

(108

)

(35

)

 

(143

)

Net cash used in investing activities

 

(108

)

(35

)

 

(143

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financing Activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net borrowing of long-term debt

 

3,825

 

 

 

3,825

 

Equity investment of the Sponsors

 

1,649

 

 

 

1,649

 

Payment for old Common Stock in the Merger

 

(5,806

)

 

 

(5,806

)

Cash dividends paid to stockholders

 

(58

)

 

 

(58

)

Intercompany dividends

 

 

(182

)

182

 

 

Repurchase of Old Common Stock

 

(66

)

 

 

(66

)

Other financing activities

 

50

 

(30

)

 

20

 

Net cash used in financing activities

 

(406

)

(212

)

182

 

(436

)

Decrease in cash and equivalents

 

(381

)

(41

)

 

(422

)

Beginning cash and cash equivalents

 

408

 

44

 

 

452

 

Ending cash and equivalents

 

$

27

 

$

3

 

$

 

$

30

 

 

F-37


 


 

Supplemental Condensed Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows

 

 

 

Fiscal Year 2005

 

 

 

Parent

 

Guarantor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Company

 

Subsidiaries

 

Eliminations

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

(in millions)

 

Operating Activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

$

324

 

$

183

 

$

(143

)

$

364

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investing Activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid for property and equipment

 

(95

)

(23

)

 

(118

)

Net Sales (purchases) of short-term investments

 

50

 

 

 

50

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

(45

)

(23

)

 

(68

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financing Activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net borrowing of long-term debt

 

(209

)

 

 

(209

)

Cash dividends paid to stockholders

 

(46

)

 

 

(46

)

Intercompany dividends

 

 

(143

)

143

 

 

Repurchase of Old Common Stock

 

(191

)

 

 

(191

)

Other financing activities

 

67

 

 

 

67

 

Net cash used in financing activities

 

(379

)

(143

)

143

 

(379

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Increase (decrease) in cash and equivalents

 

(100

)

17

 

 

(83

)

Beginning cash and cash equivalents

 

508

 

28

 

 

536

 

Ending cash and equivalents

 

$

408

 

$

45

 

$

 

$

453

 

 

 

F-38



 

MICHAELS STORES, INC.

UNAUDITED SUPPLEMENTAL QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA

(in millions)

 

 

 

First

 

Second

 

Third

 

Fourth

 

 

 

Quarter

 

Quarter

 

Quarter

 

Quarter

 

Fiscal 2007 (1):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales

 

$

839

 

$

788

 

$

934

 

$

1,301

 

Cost of sales and occupancy expense

 

513

 

498

 

591

 

781

 

Gross profit

 

326

 

290

 

343

 

520

 

Selling, general, and administrative expense (2)

 

254

 

242

 

262

 

293

 

Operating income

 

60

 

27

 

67

 

200

 

(Loss) income before discontinued operations and cumulative effect of accounting change

 

(22

)

(43

)

(13

)

56

 

Net (loss) income

 

(23

)

(44

)

(18

)

53

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal 2006 (1):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales

 

$

828

 

$

764

 

$

890

 

$

1,361

 

Cost of sales and occupancy expense

 

510

 

490

 

572

 

792

 

Gross profit

 

318

 

274

 

318

 

569

 

Selling, general, and administrative expense

 

234

 

231

 

253

 

305

 

Operating income

 

78

 

33

 

55

 

42

 

Income (loss) before discontinued operations and cumulative effect of accounting change

 

53

 

22

 

36

 

(67

)

Net income (loss)

 

52

 

21

 

35

 

(67

)

 


We report on the basis of a 52 or 53-week fiscal year, which ends on the Saturday closest to January 31. Our interim periods each contain 13 weeks, with the first quarter ending on a Saturday 13 weeks after the end of our previous fiscal year. For fiscal years that contain 53 weeks, our fourth quarter contains 14 weeks.

 

(1)    Amounts have been adjusted from amounts previously reported on our Forms 10-K and 10-Q to reflect discontinued operations, as applicable, for each period.

 

(2)    Fiscal 2007 selling, general, and administrative expense amounts have been adjusted from amounts previously reported on our Forms 10-Q to include expenses associated with an external vendor, owned by The Blackstone Group, who provides inventory count services. These expenses were previously reported as Related Party Expenses.

 

 

F-39



 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

Date:  April 3, 2008

MICHAELS STORES, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jeffrey N. Boyer

 

 

Jeffrey N. Boyer

 

 

President and Chief Financial Officer

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

/s/ Brian C. Cornell

 

Chief Executive Officer

April 3, 2008

Brian C. Cornell

 

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Jeffrey N. Boyer

 

President and Chief Financial Officer

April 3, 2008

Jeffrey N. Boyer

 

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Josh Bekenstein

 

Director

April 3, 2008

Josh Bekenstein

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Michael S. Chae

 

Director

April 3, 2008

Michael S. Chae

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Todd Cook

 

Director

April 3, 2008

Todd Cook

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Director

 

Matthew Kabaker

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Lewis Klessel

 

Director

April 3, 2008

Lewis Klessel

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Director

 

Matthew S. Levin

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ David McVeigh

 

Director

April 3, 2008

David McVeigh

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ James A. Quella

 

Director

April 3, 2008

James A. Quella

 

 

 

 

 



 

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit

 

 

Number

 

Description of Exhibit

2.1

 

Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of June 30, 2006, among Bain Paste Mergerco, Inc., Blackstone Paste Mergerco, Inc., Bain Paste Finco, LLC, Blackstone Paste Finco, LLC and Michaels Stores, Inc. (previously filed as Exhibit 2.1 to Form 8-K filed by Registrant on July 6, 2006, SEC File No. 001-09338).

 

 

 

2.2

 

First Amendment to Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of September 1, 2006, among Bain Paste Mergerco, Inc., Blackstone Paste Mergerco, Inc., Bain Paste Finco, LLC, Blackstone Paste Finco, LLC and Michaels Stores, Inc. (previously filed as Exhibit 2.1 to Form 8-K filed by Registrant on September 5, 2006, SEC File No. 001-09338).

 

 

 

3.1

 

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Michaels Stores, Inc. (previously filed as Exhibit 3.1 to Form 10-K filed by Registrant on May 3, 2007, SEC File No. 001-09338).

 

 

 

3.2

 

Amended and Restated Bylaws of Michaels Stores, Inc. (previously filed as Exhibit 3.2 to Form 8-K filed by Registrant on November 6, 2006, SEC File No. 001-09338).

 

 

 

4.1

 

Senior Indenture, dated as of October 31, 2006, among Michaels Stores, Inc., the guarantors named therein and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (previously filed as Exhibit 4.1 to Form 10-Q filed by Registrant on December 7, 2006, SEC File No. 001-09338).

 

 

 

4.2

 

Senior Subordinated Indenture, dated as of October 31, 2006, among Michaels Stores, Inc., the guarantors named therein and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (previously filed as Exhibit 4.2 to Form 10-Q filed by Registrant on December 7, 2006, SEC File No. 001-09338).

 

 

 

4.3

 

Subordinated Discount Indenture, dated as of October 31, 2006, among Michaels Stores, Inc., the guarantors named therein and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (previously filed as Exhibit 4.3 to Form 10-Q filed by Registrant on December 7, 2006, SEC File No. 001-09338).

 

 

 

4.4

 

Registration Rights Agreement for the Senior Notes, dated as of October 31, 2006, among Michaels Stores, Inc., the guarantors named therein and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Banc of America Securities LLC and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC (previously filed as Exhibit 4.4 to Form 10-Q filed by Registrant on December 7, 2006, SEC File No. 001-09338).

 

 

 

4.5

 

Registration Rights Agreement for the Senior Subordinated Notes, dated as of October 31, 2006, among Michaels Stores, Inc., the guarantors named therein and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Banc of America Securities LLC and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC (previously filed as Exhibit 4.5 to Form 10-Q filed by Registrant on December 7, 2006, SEC File No. 001-09338).

 

 

 

4.6

 

Registration Rights Agreement for the Subordinated Discount Notes, dated as of October 31, 2006, among Michaels Stores, Inc., the guarantors named therein and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Banc of America Securities LLC and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC (previously filed as Exhibit 4.6 to Form 10-Q filed by Registrant on December 7, 2006, SEC File No. 001-09338).

 

 

 

4.7

 

Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October 31, 2006, among Michaels Stores, Inc. and certain stockholders thereof (previously filed as Exhibit 4.7 to Form 10-Q filed by Registrant on December 7, 2006, SEC File No. 001-09338).

 

 

 

10.1

 

Michaels Stores, Inc. 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K filed by Registrant on February 21, 2007, SEC File No. 001-09338).*

 

 

 

10.2

 

Form of Stock Option Agreement under the Registrant’s 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K filed by Registrant on February 21, 2007, SEC File No. 001-09338).*

 

 



 

10.3

 

Form of Change in Control Severance Agreement (previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Form 10-Q filed by Registrant on June 13, 2006, SEC File No. 001-09338).*

 

 

 

10.4

 

Form of Change in Control Retention Bonus Plan (previously filed as Exhibit 10.3 to Form 10-Q filed by Registrant on June 13, 2006, SEC File No. 001-09338).*

 

 

 

10.5

 

Fiscal Year 2007 Bonus Plan for Chief Executive Officer (previously filed as Exhibit 10.3 to Form 10-Q filed by Registrant on June 11, 2007, SEC File No. 001-09338).*

 

 

 

10.6

 

Fiscal Year 2007 Bonus Plan for President and Chief Financial Officer (previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K filed by Registrant on March 30, 2007, SEC File No. 001-09338).*

 

 

 

10.7

 

Fiscal Year 2007 Bonus Plan for President and Chief Operating Officer (previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Form 8-K filed by Registrant on March 30, 2007, SEC File No. 001-09338).*

 

 

 

10.8

 

Fiscal Year 2007 Bonus Plan for Executive Vice President—Specialty Businesses (previously filed as Exhibit 10.3 to Form 8-K filed by Registrant on March 30, 2007, SEC File No. 001-09338).*

 

 

 

10.9

 

Fiscal Year 2007 Bonus Plan for Executive Vice President—Store Operations (previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K filed by Registrant on May 30, 2007, SEC File No. 001-09338).*

 

 

 

10.10

 

Fiscal Year 2007 Bonus Plan, as amended, for Executive Vice President—Supply Chain (previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Form 8-K filed by Registrant on May 30, 2007, SEC File No. 001-09338).*

 

 

 

10.11

 

Fiscal Year 2007 Bonus Plan, as amended, for Executive Vice President—Chief Merchant (previously filed as Exhibit 10.3 to Form 8-K filed by Registrant on May 30, 2007, SEC File No. 001-09338).*

 

 

 

10.12

 

Compensation Policy Regarding Company Cars for Chief Executive Officer and President and Chief Financial Officer (previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Form 10-Q filed by Registrant on September 14, 2007, SEC File No. 001-09338).*

 

 

 

10.13

 

Employment Agreement, dated June 4, 2007, between Michaels Stores, Inc. and Brian C. Cornell (previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Form 10-Q filed by Registrant on June 11, 2007, SEC File No. 001-09338).*

 

 

 

10.14

 

Restricted Stock Award Agreement, dated June 4, 2007, between Michaels Stores, Inc. and Brian C. Cornell (previously filed as Exhibit 10.4 to Form 10-Q filed by Registrant on June 11, 2007, SEC File No. 001-09338).*

 

 

 

10.15

 

Stock Option Agreement, dated June 4, 2007, between Michaels Stores, Inc. and Brian C. Cornell (previously filed as Exhibit 10.5 to Form 10-Q filed by Registrant on June 11, 2007, SEC File No. 001-09338).*

 

 

 

10.16

 

Separation and Release Agreement, dated July 27, 2007, between Michaels Stores, Inc. and Gregory A. Sandfort (filed herewith).*

 

 

 

10.17

 

Letter Agreement effective July 27, 2007, between Michaels Stores, Inc. and Gregory A. Sandfort (filed herewith).*

 

 

 

10.20

 

Stockholders Agreement, dated as of October 31, 2006, among Michaels Stores, Inc. and certain stockholders thereof (previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Form 10-Q filed by Registrant on December 7, 2006, SEC File No. 001-09338).

 

 

 

10.21

 

Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement, dated as of February 16, 2007, among Michaels Stores, Inc. and certain stockholders thereof (previously filed as Exhibit 10.23 to Form 10-K filed by Registrant on May 3, 2007, SEC File No. 001-09338).

 

 



 

10.22

 

Management Agreement, dated as of October 31, 2006, among Michaels Stores, Inc., Bain Capital Partners, LLC and Blackstone Management Partners V LLC (previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Form 10-Q filed by Registrant on December 7, 2006, SEC File No. 001-09338).*

 

 

 

10.23

 

Management Agreement, dated as of October 31, 2006, between Michaels Stores, Inc. and Highfields Capital Management LP (previously filed as Exhibit 10.3 to Form 10-Q filed by Registrant on December 7, 2006, SEC File No. 001-09338).*

 

 

 

10.24

 

Separation Agreement, dated October 31, 2006, between Charles J. Wyly, Jr. and Michaels Stores, Inc. (previously filed as Exhibit 10.27 to Form 10-K filed by Registrant on May 3, 2007, SEC File No. 001-09338).*

 

 

 

10.25

 

Separation Agreement, dated October 31, 2006, between Sam Wyly and Michaels Stores, Inc. (previously filed as Exhibit 10.28 to Form 10-K filed by Registrant on May 3, 2007, SEC File No. 001-09338).*

 

 

 

10.26

 

Form of Director Indemnification Agreement between Michaels Stores, Inc. and certain directors thereof (previously filed as Exhibit 10.36 to Form 10-K filed by Registrant on March 30, 2006, SEC File No. 001-09338).

 

 

 

10.27

 

Form of Officer Indemnification Agreement between Michaels Stores, Inc. and certain officers thereof (previously filed as Exhibit 10.37 to Form 10-K filed by Registrant on March 30, 2006, SEC File No. 001-09338).

 

 

 

10.28

 

Term Lease Master Agreement between IBM Credit Corporation as Lessor and Michaels Stores, Inc. as Lessee (previously filed as Exhibit 10.18 to Form 10-K filed by Registrant on May 2, 1997, SEC File No. 000-11822).

 

 

 

10.29

 

Credit Agreement, dated as of October 31, 2006, among Michaels Stores, Inc., as lead borrower, the facility guarantors named therein, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., as syndication agent, Credit Suisse, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Wells Fargo Retail Finance, LLC, as co-documentation agents, the lenders named therein, and Banc of America Securities LLC, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., as joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners (previously filed as Exhibit 10.4 to Form 10-Q filed by Registrant on December 7, 2006, SEC File No. 001-09338).

 

 

 

10.30

 

Credit Agreement, dated as of October 31, 2006, among Michaels Stores, Inc., Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch, as administrative agent, the other lenders named therein, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as syndication agent, and Bank of America, N.A. and Credit Suisse, as co-documentation agents, and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Banc of America Securities LLC as co-lead arrangers and joint bookrunners (previously filed as Exhibit 10.5 to Form 10-Q filed by Registrant on December 7, 2006, SEC File No. 001-09338).

 

 

 

10.31

 

First Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of January 19, 2007, to the Credit Agreement, dated as of October 31, 2006, among Michaels Stores, Inc., Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch, as administrative agent, the other lenders named therein, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as syndication agent, and Bank of America, N.A. and Credit Suisse, as co-documentation agents, and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Banc of America Securities LLC as co-lead arrangers and joint bookrunners (previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K filed by Registrant on January 25, 2007, SEC File No. 001-09338).

 

 

 

10.32

 

Second Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of May 10, 2007, to the Credit Agreement, dated as of October 31, 2006, among Michaels Stores, Inc., Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch, as administrative agent, the other lenders named therein, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as syndication agent, and Bank of America, N.A. and Credit Suisse, as co-documentation agents, and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Banc of America Securities LLC as co-lead arrangers and joint bookrunners (previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K filed by Registrant on May 11, 2007, SEC File No. 001-09338).

 

 



 

21.1

 

Subsidiaries of Michaels Stores, Inc. (previously filed as Exhibit 21.1 to Form 10-K filed by Registrant on April 11, 2005, SEC File No. 001-09338).

 

 

 

23.1

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (filed herewith).

 

 

 

31.1

 

Certifications of Brian C. Cornell pursuant to §302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (filed herewith).

 

 

 

31.2

 

Certifications of Jeffrey N. Boyer pursuant to §302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (filed herewith).

 

 

 

32.1

 

Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350, as adopted pursuant to §906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (filed herewith).

 


*  Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be filed as an exhibit to this Annual Report on Form 10-K.